WO2023169230A1 - Service rate adjusting method and communication apparatus - Google Patents

Service rate adjusting method and communication apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023169230A1
WO2023169230A1 PCT/CN2023/078117 CN2023078117W WO2023169230A1 WO 2023169230 A1 WO2023169230 A1 WO 2023169230A1 CN 2023078117 W CN2023078117 W CN 2023078117W WO 2023169230 A1 WO2023169230 A1 WO 2023169230A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
media
terminal device
rate
information
physical layer
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/078117
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡少领
李强
窦凤辉
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202210429762.8A external-priority patent/CN116782307A/en
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023169230A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023169230A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W28/00Network traffic management; Network resource management
    • H04W28/16Central resource management; Negotiation of resources or communication parameters, e.g. negotiating bandwidth or QoS [Quality of Service]
    • H04W28/18Negotiating wireless communication parameters
    • H04W28/22Negotiating communication rate

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a service rate adjustment method and a communication device.
  • Extended reality (XR) business includes at least two media.
  • XR services can be transmitted through the adaptive media streaming (dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP, DASH) technology of hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP).
  • DASH dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP
  • HTTP hypertext transfer protocol
  • the business server transfers the business data of the XR service based on the media type of the XR service. Split into different segments. Among them, different media fragments are transmitted between the terminal device and the service server using different application layer bit rates.
  • This application provides a service rate adjustment method and a communication device, which can adjust the transmission rates of different media between terminal equipment and service servers.
  • this application adopts the following technical solutions:
  • the first aspect is to provide a service rate adjustment method.
  • the execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example.
  • the method includes: a first network device determining a first physical layer bit rate of a first media running on a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device.
  • the first network device sends first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. .
  • the first information not only indicates the first physical layer bit rate, but also indicates the first medium, even if at least two media are running simultaneously on the terminal device, it can be determined based on the first information that the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted is the first media, and further adjusts the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the method further includes: the first network device determines a second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the second physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission of the second media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. rate.
  • the first information in addition to indicating the first physical layer bit rate, the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device adjusts the transmission rate of the second medium based on the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits are related to a rate set.
  • the rate combination includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media includes the first media and the second media.
  • the candidate rate of the first medium is the first physical layer bit rate
  • the candidate rate of the second medium is the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media by indicating a rate combination.
  • the first information includes first indication information and a first adjustment factor.
  • the first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium
  • the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium.
  • the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the first rate adjustment factor are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate
  • the physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate. That is to say, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media by indicating the rate combination and the adjustment factor.
  • the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate set includes each of the M media running on the terminal device.
  • a candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
  • the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the first information includes type information of the first media, so that the terminal device knows what kind of media the transmission rate to be adjusted is.
  • the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device reads the first physical layer bit rate from the first information.
  • the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device.
  • the differential rate is the difference between the bit rate of the first physical layer and the predetermined bit rate to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the method before the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
  • the second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media, and the expected rate of the first media is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the method before the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives configuration information from the second network device.
  • the configuration information includes at least one of the following: type information of M types of media running on the terminal device, information of at least two rate combinations, each of the at least two rate combinations includes one of each of the M types of media.
  • the candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media to configure parameters for the first network device.
  • a service rate adjustment method is provided.
  • the execution subject of this method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receiving first information from a first network device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device.
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the second transmission speed The rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate, and the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set.
  • the rate set includes a candidate rate for each of the M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
  • the first information includes first indication information and a first adjustment factor.
  • the first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium
  • the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium.
  • the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the first rate adjustment factor are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate
  • the physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate set includes each of the M media running on the terminal device.
  • a candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
  • the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
  • the first information includes type information of the first media.
  • the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device.
  • the differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and the predetermined bit rate.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device.
  • the second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media, and the expected rate of the first media is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the fifth information to the service server.
  • the fifth information includes information for the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the terminal device based on the first physical layer bit rate, so that the service server uses the first codec format during downlink transmission. coding.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format. That is to say, the service server can perform encoding using the codec format reported by the terminal device (ie, the first codec format).
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the service server can independently select a codec format, that is, the first codec format, for encoding based on the codec format reported by the terminal device (ie, the second codec format).
  • the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • a service rate adjustment method is provided.
  • the execution subject of this method can be a business server or a chip applied in the business server.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as a business server as an example.
  • the method includes: the service server receives fifth information from the terminal device.
  • the fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device at a first transmission rate.
  • the first media is a media running on the terminal device, and the first transmission rate is determined based on the first codec format.
  • the service server determines the first codec format based on the fifth information, it can also determine the first transmission rate, thereby adjusting the downlink transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the fifth information is carried in a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
  • the fourth aspect provides a service rate adjustment method.
  • the execution subject of this method can be a business server or a chip applied in the business server.
  • the following description takes the execution subject as a business server as an example.
  • the method includes: the service server receives first media from the terminal device through third information at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format.
  • the service server uses the first codec format to decode the first media.
  • the fifth aspect provides a service rate adjustment method.
  • the execution subject of this method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device.
  • the following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example.
  • the method includes: a terminal device receiving first information from a first network device. Wherein, the first information indicates the change amount of the physical layer bit rate between the first network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the variation of the physical layer bit rate.
  • the media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted can be determined as the first media based on the first information, and then the first media can be adjusted between the terminal device and the service server based on the first physical layer bit rate. transmission rate between.
  • the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the second transmission rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation.
  • the terminal device can not only determine the first physical layer bit rate, but also determine the second physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device adjusts the third physical layer bit rate based on the second physical layer bit rate. 2.
  • the transmission rate of the media is to say, based on the change amount of the physical layer bit rate.
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
  • the method before the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the fifth information to the service server.
  • the fifth information includes information used by the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the terminal device based on the physical layer bit rate change.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • a sixth aspect provides a communication device, which may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device; the communication device
  • the device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method.
  • the modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is used to determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device.
  • the terminal equipment and the communication device are wirelessly connected.
  • the sending unit is used to send the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device
  • the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. .
  • the processing unit is also used to determine the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the second physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission of the second media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. rate.
  • the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set.
  • the rate set includes a candidate rate for each of the M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
  • the candidate rate of the first medium is the first physical layer bit rate
  • the candidate rate of the second medium is the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information includes type information of the first media, so that the terminal device knows what kind of media the transmission rate to be adjusted is.
  • the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device reads the first physical layer bit rate from the first information.
  • the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device.
  • the differential rate is the difference between the bit rate of the first physical layer and the predetermined bit rate to reduce signaling overhead.
  • the receiving unit is also used to receive the second information from the terminal device before the sending unit sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first medium.
  • the expected rate of the first medium is used by the communication device to determine the first physical layer bit rate to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
  • the receiving unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the second network device before receiving the second information from the terminal device.
  • the configuration information includes at least one of the following: type information of M types of media running on the terminal device, information of at least two rate combinations, each of the at least two rate combinations includes one of the M types of media A candidate rate for each media, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media.
  • a seventh aspect provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the above terminal device; the communication device includes a device that implements the above
  • the module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first medium running on the communication device, and the communication device is wirelessly connected to the first network device.
  • the sending unit is used to send the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and/or the receiving unit is used to receive the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the processing unit is used to control the receiving unit to perform the above processing, or to control the receiving unit and the sending unit to perform the above processing.
  • the sending unit is also configured to send the second media to the business server at the second transmission rate
  • the receiving unit is also configured to receive the second media from the business server at the second transmission rate.
  • the second transmission rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate
  • the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second medium running on the communication device.
  • the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set.
  • the rate set includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the communication device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
  • the first information includes type information of the first media.
  • the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the communication device.
  • the differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and the predetermined bit rate.
  • the sending unit is also configured to send the second information to the first network device before the receiving unit receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the second information at least indicates an expected rate of the first medium by the communication device, and the expected rate of the first medium is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the service server through the third information at a first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information of a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding of the first media in the communication device.
  • the sending unit is also configured to send the fifth information to the business server before the receiving unit receives the first media from the business server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fifth information includes information for the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the communication device based on the first physical layer bit rate, so that the service server uses the first codec format during downlink transmission. coding.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transport protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate Indicates a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • An eighth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or a chip that implements the above business server function; the communication device includes a device that implements the above
  • the module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive the fifth information from the terminal device.
  • the fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format.
  • a sending unit configured to send the first media to the terminal device at a first transmission rate.
  • the first media is a media running on the terminal device, and the first transmission rate is determined based on the first codec format.
  • the control unit is used to control the receiving unit to perform the above processing, and to control the sending unit to perform the above processing.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the fifth information is carried in a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the terminal device through fourth information at a first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
  • a ninth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a business server in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or a chip that implements the above business server function; the communication device includes a device that implements the above
  • the module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the first media from the terminal device through the third information at the first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format.
  • a processing unit configured to decode the first media using the first codec format.
  • a communication device which may be a terminal device in the fifth aspect or any of the possible designs of the fifth aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the above terminal device; the communication device includes a device that implements the above
  • the module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit and a receiving unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the physical layer bit rate variation between the first network device and the unit.
  • a sending unit configured to send the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the variation of the physical layer bit rate.
  • the sending unit is also configured to send the second media to the business server at the second transmission rate
  • the receiving unit is also configured to receive the second media from the business server at the second transmission rate.
  • the second transmission The rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation.
  • the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the service server through the third information at a first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server.
  • a receiving unit configured to receive the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information also includes information of a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding of the first media in the communication device.
  • the sending unit is also configured to send the fifth information to the business server before the receiving unit receives the first media from the business server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fifth information includes information used by the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the communication device based on the physical layer bit rate change.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  • a communication device in an eleventh aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first network in any possible design of any aspect.
  • the communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
  • a communication device in a twelfth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method performed by the first network device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
  • a chip in a thirteenth aspect, includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a communication device in a fourteenth aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the above aspects or any aspect required by the terminal equipment in any possible design. method of execution.
  • the communication device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or A chip that implements the above terminal equipment functions.
  • a communication device in a fifteenth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method executed by the terminal device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned terminal equipment. Functional chip.
  • a chip in a sixteenth aspect, includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with modules outside the chip.
  • the chip can be used to implement the second aspect or any one of the second aspects.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above second aspect or any method in the possible design of the second aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fifth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fifth aspect.
  • a communication device in a seventeenth aspect, includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the above aspects or any possible aspect of the business server in the design. method of execution.
  • the communication device may be a service server in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a service server in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or A chip that implements the above business server functions.
  • a communication device in an eighteenth aspect, includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect.
  • the method executed by the business server may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or A chip that implements the above business server functions.
  • a chip in a nineteenth aspect, includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces.
  • the input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the business server function in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect.
  • the chip may be a chip that implements the business server function in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • the processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fourth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fourth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods in any of the above aspects.
  • a twenty-first aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods of any of the above aspects.
  • a circuit system in a twenty-second aspect, includes processing circuitry configured to perform a method as in any one of the above aspects.
  • Figure 1a is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application
  • Figure 1b is an architectural schematic diagram of yet another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of yet another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4c is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5c is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 6b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7c is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7d is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7e is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 7f is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 13b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 15b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR) or long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, etc.
  • the technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system.
  • the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, and machine-to-machine (M2M) communication.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • V2X vehicle-to-everything
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • M2M machine-to-machine
  • Figure 1a shows a schematic architectural diagram of a 5G system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable.
  • the network architecture 1000 includes terminal equipment (terminal equipment) 110, access network (AN) equipment 120, user plane function (UPF) network element 130 and edge application server (edge application server, EAS)140.
  • terminal equipment terminal equipment
  • AN access network
  • UPF user plane function
  • edge application server edge application server
  • the terminal equipment 110 can also be called user equipment (user equipment), terminal device, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc.
  • the terminal device 110 may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to a user, such as a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. with wireless connection capabilities.
  • terminal devices include: mobile phones, tablets (pads), computers with wireless transceiver functions (such as laptops, handheld computers, etc.), mobile Internet devices (mobile internet device, MID), virtual Reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, Cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communications capabilities, computing devices, or Other processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment connected to the wireless modem, terminal equipment in the 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
  • mobile Internet devices mobile internet device, MID
  • virtual Reality virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • Wireless terminals wireless terminals
  • the terminal device 110 may also be a terminal device in an Internet of things (IoT) system.
  • IoT Internet of things
  • Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-computer interconnection and object interconnection.
  • IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving for terminal devices through narrowband (NB) technology, for example.
  • NB narrowband
  • the terminal device 110 may also include a smart printer, a train detector, etc., and its main functions include collecting data, receiving control information and downlink data from the access network device 120, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to the access network device 120.
  • the terminal device 110 may be any device that can access the network.
  • the terminal device 110 and the access network device 120 may communicate with each other using some air interface technology.
  • the terminal device 110 may be used to act as an access network device.
  • terminal devices may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between terminal devices in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • terminal devices may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between terminal devices in V2X or D2D, etc.
  • V2X or D2D etc.
  • cell phones and cars use sidelink signals to communicate with each other. Communicate between cellular phones and smart home devices without the need to communicate between devices through an access network.
  • the access network device 120 may also be called a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device.
  • the access network device 120 is used to provide network access functions for authorized terminal devices 110 in a specific area, and can use transmission tunnels with different service qualities according to the level of the terminal device 110, business requirements, etc.
  • the access network device 120 can manage wireless resources, provide access services to the terminal device 110, and complete the forwarding of control information and user data between the terminal device and the core network.
  • the access network device 120 can also be understood as a traditional network device. Base station.
  • the access network device 120 in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device 110 .
  • the access network equipment includes but is not limited to evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB), or the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the NR system, or the transmission reception point (TRP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system Antenna panels, or network nodes that constitute gNB or TRP, such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
  • eNB evolved NodeB
  • gNB next generation base station
  • TRP transmission reception point
  • BBU baseband unit
  • DU distributed unit
  • gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs.
  • the gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU).
  • CU implements some functions of gNB
  • DU implements some functions of gNB.
  • CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • PDCP packet data convergence protocol
  • DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer.
  • RLC radio link control
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • the access network device 120 may be a device including one or more of CU, DU, and AAU.
  • the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network, or the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
  • UPF network element 130 mainly includes the following functions: data packet routing and transmission, packet detection, business usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) processing, legal interception, uplink packet detection, downlink data packet storage and other user interfaces related functions.
  • QoS quality of service
  • EAS140 is an application server deployed in edge data network (EDN).
  • the applications running on the server can also be called “application instances”, specifically referring to server applications, such as augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR) and other extended reality (XR) deployments Instances running on edge data networks.
  • An application (or business) can deploy one or more EASs in EDN.
  • EASs deployed and running in different EDNs can be considered as different EASs of one application. They can share a domain name or can be deployed with Applications on the cloud use different domain names.
  • the domain name can be a fully qualified domain name (FQDN), an arbitrary Internet Protocol (IP) address, or a different IP address. .
  • FQDN fully qualified domain name
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • EAS can also be called edge applications, application instances, edge application instances, multi-access edge computing (MEC) applications, EAS functions, etc.
  • MEC multi-access edge computing
  • EDN can be a local data center (local part of DN).
  • EDN includes edge enabler server (EES) and multiple EAS. Each EDN has a specific service scope.
  • the network architecture can also include but is not limited to the following network elements: access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, session management function, SMF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, edge application server discovery function (EASDF) network element, network repository function (NRF) network introduced in edge computing Elements, policy control function (PCF) network elements, unified data management (UDM) network elements, application function (AF) network elements, etc.
  • AMF access and mobility management function
  • SMF session management function
  • NEF network exposure function
  • EASDF edge application server discovery function
  • NRF network repository function
  • PCF policy control function
  • UDM unified data management
  • AF application function
  • AMF network elements mainly include the following functions: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management and other access and mobility related functions.
  • the SMF network element is mainly used for session management, IP address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification.
  • NEF network elements mainly include the following functions: services and capabilities provided by the secure and open 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) network functions; transformation or translation of information interacting with AF network elements and internal network function interaction Information, such as the service identifier of the AF network element and internal 5G core network information such as data network name (DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI), etc.
  • 3GPP 3rd generation partnership project
  • DNN data network name
  • S-NSSAI single network slice selection assistance information
  • the EASDF network element is mainly responsible for discovering the EAS network element, processing domain name system (DNS) messages according to the instructions of the SMF network element, terminating DNS security, etc.
  • DNS domain name system
  • NRF network elements mainly include the following functions: service discovery function, maintaining NF text of available network function (network function, NF) instances and the services they support.
  • PCF network elements are used to guide network behavior in a unified policy framework, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements, such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, etc.
  • the AF network element is used to provide application layer information for data routing of applications, and can interact with the policy framework through the NEF network element or directly interact with the policy framework to perform policy decision request control, etc.
  • UDM network elements mainly include the following functions: unified data management, support for authentication credential processing in 3GPP authentication and key negotiation mechanisms, user identity processing, access authorization, registration and mobility management, subscription management, short message management, etc. .
  • UPF network element In the embodiment of this application, UPF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NEF network element, EASDF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element and AF network element all belong to the core network equipment.
  • Core network equipment and access network equipment can be called network equipment.
  • network elements can communicate with each other through the interfaces shown in the figure, and some interfaces can be implemented using non-service interfaces.
  • the terminal device and the AMF network element can interact through the N1 interface, and the interaction message can be called an N1 message (N1 Message), for example.
  • N1 Message N1 message
  • Access network equipment and AMF network elements can interact through the N2 interface, and the N2 interface can be used for sending non-access stratum (NAS) messages.
  • Access network equipment and UPF network elements can interact through the N3 interface, and the N3 interface can be used to transmit user plane data, etc.
  • SMF network elements and UPF network elements can interact through the N4 interface.
  • the N4 interface can be used to transmit information such as tunnel identification information of the N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages.
  • UPF network elements and EAS can interact through the N6 interface, which can transmit user plane data, etc.
  • each network element of the control plane function in Figure 1b can also communicate through the service-oriented interface.
  • the AMF network element accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Namf interface to provide corresponding services;
  • the SMF network element accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Nsmf interface. architecture to provide corresponding services;
  • NEF network elements, EASDF network elements, NRF network elements, PCF network elements, UDM network elements and AF network elements are connected to the service-oriented architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services.
  • the relationship between other interfaces and each network element is shown in Figure 1b. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described in detail here.
  • network architecture to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied are only illustrative.
  • the network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this. Any network architecture that can realize the functions of each of the above network elements is applicable to this application. Application examples.
  • AMF network elements, SMF network elements, UPF network elements, PCF network elements, etc. shown in Figure 1b can be understood as network elements used to implement different functions, and can, for example, be combined into network slices as needed.
  • These network elements can be independent devices, or It can be integrated into the same device to implement different functions, or it can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). This application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
  • XR refers to a human-computer interaction environment that is a combination of real and virtual, generated through computer technology and wearable devices.
  • XR is proposed based on augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR) and mixed reality (MR).
  • AR augmented reality
  • VR virtual reality
  • MR mixed reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • MR mixed reality
  • XR is actually a general term that includes AR, VR and MR.
  • the purpose of XR business is to use high-speed networks and 360-degree imaging and other technologies to achieve an interactive and immersive experience.
  • XR services need to transmit multiple media at the same time, such as different audio and video.
  • XR services are transmitted through DASH technology.
  • the service server divides the business data of the XR service into different fragments based on the media type of the XR service.
  • different media fragments are transmitted between the terminal device and the service server using different application layer bit rates.
  • media may also have other descriptions, such as media data and media flow.
  • media is taken as an example for description.
  • Codec format is a data compression/decompression technology. For the same codec format, it can be used by the sending device to encode the media to be sent, and it can also be used by the receiving device to decode the received media.
  • the codec format may also have other descriptions, such as codec type.
  • the codec format is taken as an example for introduction. Below, we take audio signals and video signals as examples to introduce the encoding and decoding formats:
  • the codec format includes at least one of the following: adaptive multi-rate-narrow band (AMR-NB), or adaptive multi-rate-wide band (adaptive multi-rate-wide band) ,AMR-WB).
  • AMR-NB adaptive multi-rate-narrow band
  • AMR-WB adaptive multi-rate-wide band
  • the codec format includes at least one of the following:
  • the first item is high efficiency video coding (HEVC).26x, such as H.263, H.264, or H.265.
  • HEVC high efficiency video coding
  • the second item is the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG)x encoding format, such as MPEG1, MPEG2, or MPEG4.
  • MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
  • video signals can be distinguished in different ways.
  • the video frame can be divided into a field of view (FoV) area and a non-field of view area.
  • the field of view area refers to the field of view area measured from the angle of the visual area on both sides starting from the focus of the field of view within the line of sight of the terminal device at a given moment.
  • the non-viewing area refers to other areas in the video frame except the visual field area.
  • the image quality requirements for the field of view area and the non-field of view area are different.
  • the picture quality in the field of view area has high requirements, but the picture in the non-field of view area Pieces can become blurred and faded.
  • the resolution requirements of the visual field area and the non-viewing area are different, and the corresponding encoding and decoding formats will also be different.
  • ANBR signaling is signaling in the Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS). It is used to indicate the physical layer bit rate recommended by the network device to the terminal device to adjust the XR service between the terminal device and the service server. Transmission rate.
  • IMS Internet protocol multimedia subsystem
  • ANBR signaling is introduced in detail with reference to Figure 2 and Figure 3b:
  • IMS is connected to evolved packet core (evolved packet core, EPC) device 1 and EPC device 2 respectively.
  • the EPC device 1 is also connected to the access network device 1, and the access network device 1 is also connected to the terminal device 1 for communication.
  • the EPC device 2 is also connected to the access network device 2, and the access network device 2 is also connected to the terminal device 2 for communication.
  • the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 can communicate with each other via the EPC device through IMS.
  • EPC equipment is the core network equipment in the 4G network. The steps performed by each device are as follows:
  • Step 1 Terminal device 2 sends message 1 to terminal device 1. Correspondingly, terminal device 1 receives message 1 from terminal device 2.
  • message 1 is used to request the maximum physical layer bit rate R0 (for example, it can be recorded as, Request max R0).
  • step 2 For terminal device 1, after receiving message 1, terminal device 1 executes step 2:
  • Step 2 Terminal device 1 sends message 2 to terminal device 2.
  • terminal device 2 receives message 2 from terminal device 1 .
  • message 2 is used to notify the maximum physical layer bit rate R0 (for example, it can be recorded as, Notify max R0).
  • Step 3 Terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 transmit media using the physical layer bit rate R0.
  • terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at a physical layer bit rate R0, and accordingly, terminal device 2 receives media from terminal device 1 at a physical layer bit rate R0. And/or, the terminal device 2 sends the media to the terminal device 1 at the physical layer bit rate R0, and accordingly, the terminal device 1 receives the media from the terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R0.
  • the media transmitted in step 3 can be carried in a real-time transport protocol (RTP) message.
  • RTP real-time transport protocol
  • terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R0, it can be recorded as, RTP media flow with UE-1 R0 send rate.
  • the access network device 1 determines that the wireless channel status has deteriorated, and/or the network congestion status has deteriorated, and the access network device 1 determines a recommended physical layer bit rate R1 for the terminal device 1. Among them, R1 ⁇ R0. Then, access network device 1 performs step 4:
  • Step 4 Access network device 1 sends ANBR signaling to terminal device 1.
  • the terminal device 1 receives the ANBR signaling from the access network device 1 .
  • ANBR signaling is used to indicate a physical layer bit rate R1 recommended by the access network device 1 to the terminal device 1, so that the terminal device 1 adjusts the physical layer bit rate during uplink (UL) transmission.
  • the signaling transmitted in step 4 can be recorded as UL ANBR R1.
  • ANBR signaling includes a logical channel identifier (LCID) field, a downlink (DL) indication field, a bit rate field, a multiplier (X) field and a reservation (reserve, R) field.
  • LCID field includes 6 bits to indicate the logical channel identification. It should be understood that the bit rate indicated by ANBR signaling is applicable to the media transmitted by the logical channel.
  • the DL indication field includes 1 bit to indicate whether the uplink transmission It's downlink transmission.
  • the bit rate field includes 6 bits to indicate a physical layer bit rate recommended by the access network device 1.
  • the multiplier field consists of 1 bit.
  • the recommended multiplier is 1; if the value represented by the multiplier field is 1, the recommended multiplier is a specified multiple.
  • the reserved field includes 2 bits, or is described as, the reserved field includes 2 reserved bits.
  • the application layer After the application layer is encoded through the codec format, it sequentially passes through the service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, and MAC layer. After the PHY layer and the PHY layer, the encoded media is sent to the terminal device 2 through the physical channel.
  • service data adaptation protocol service data adaptation protocol
  • SDAP service data adaptation protocol
  • the LCID in ANBR signaling is used to identify a certain logical channel.
  • the media in step 6 is transmitted from the RLC layer to the MAC layer on the terminal device 1 side through the logical channel.
  • the terminal device 1 sends an access network bitrate recommendation query to the access network device 1. , ANBRQ) signaling.
  • the access network device 1 receives the ANBRQ signaling from the terminal device 1.
  • the ANBRQ signaling includes the physical layer bit rate expected and recommended by the terminal device 1.
  • ANBRQ signaling includes an LCID field, an uplink (UL) indication field, a bit rate field, a multiplier (X) field and a reserved field.
  • LCID field, bit rate field, multiplier (X) field and reserved field can be found in the introduction of ANBR signaling and will not be described again here.
  • access network device 1 determines a recommended physical layer bit rate based on the physical layer bit rate in ANBRQ, as well as real-time wireless channel status and network congestion status, and provides it to terminal device 1 through ANBR , which is the introduction of step 4, and will not be repeated here.
  • terminal equipment 1 if during downlink transmission, for terminal equipment 1, terminal equipment 1 does not need to send ANBRQ signaling. For the access network device 1, the access network device 1 only needs to perform step 4.
  • Step 5 Terminal device 1 makes a decision.
  • the terminal device 1 uses the physical layer bit rate R1 indicated by the ANBR signaling as the physical layer bit rate for uplink transmission.
  • Step 6 Terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 transmit media using the physical layer bit rate R1.
  • step 6 can be referred to the introduction of step 3, which will not be described again here.
  • terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R1, it can be recorded as, RTP media flow with UE-1 R1 send rate.
  • Step 7 Terminal device 1 sends message 3 to terminal device 2.
  • terminal device 2 receives message 3 from terminal device 1 .
  • message 3 is used to notify the maximum physical layer bit rate R1 (for example, it can be recorded as, Notify max R0).
  • message 3 can be carried in the codec mode request (CMR) field in the real-time transport control protocol (real-time transport control protocol, RTCP) message.
  • CMR codec mode request
  • RTCP real-time transport control protocol
  • the physical layer bit rate recommended in ANBR signaling is one, which is suitable for scenarios where a single media is transmitted through a logical channel.
  • the same logical channel supports the transmission of different media at the same time, so it is impossible to finely adjust the transmission speed of different media between the terminal device and the service server based on the physical layer bit rate indicated by ANBR signaling. rate, affecting media transmission performance.
  • the physical layer bit rate refers to the transmission rate between the terminal device and the network device (such as a base station).
  • the initial rate, candidate rate, and expected rate mentioned below all belong to the physical layer bit rate.
  • the transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the transmission rate 10, transmission rate 20, first transmission rate, and second transmission rate mentioned below all belong to the application layer bit rate.
  • the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations. This is explained uniformly and will not be repeated below.
  • Embodiment 1 mainly introduces the first service rate adjustment method.
  • the first network device determines the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted.
  • the medium whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may be one type.
  • the media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may also be multiple types.
  • the introduction of the service rate adjustment method 1000 please refer to the introduction of the service rate adjustment method 1000.
  • the first service rate adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail with reference to Figures 4a to 13b.
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device.
  • the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device
  • the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. .
  • the first information not only indicates the first physical layer bit rate, but also indicates the first medium, even if at least two media are running simultaneously on the terminal device, the transmission to be adjusted can be determined based on the first information.
  • the media of the first media rate is the first media
  • the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is adjusted based on the first physical layer bit rate. For example, when the wireless channel state deteriorates and/or the network congestion condition deteriorates, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is reduced, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media is reduced to ensure that the media Transmission reliability. On the contrary, when the wireless channel state becomes better and/or the network congestion condition becomes better, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server increases, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media increases, so as to Increase media transfer rates.
  • the service rate adjustment method 400 proposed in this embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
  • the devices involved in the QoS flow establishment process include: a terminal device, a first network device, a second network device, a third network device, a fourth network device and a service server.
  • the first network device may be the access network device in Figure 1b, such as gNB.
  • the fourth network device may be the PCF network element in Figure 1b
  • the third network device may be the SMF network element in Figure 1b
  • the second network device may be the AMF network element in Figure 1b.
  • the business server can be the EAS in Figure 1b.
  • the 5G network architecture is taken as an example to introduce each device. With the evolution of communication technology, each device may also have other names. The embodiments of this application do not limit the device names.
  • S401 includes the following steps (step 1 to step 4):
  • Step 1 The service server sends QoS parameters to the fourth network device.
  • the fourth network device receives the QoS parameters from the service server.
  • the QoS parameters include: information on at least two media supported by the terminal device and the service server (as shown in Table 1), candidate rates corresponding to each of the at least two media (as shown in Table 1), at least two The initial rate corresponding to each type of media (as shown in Table 1), the codec format information supported by the terminal device and the service server, and the service quality of media transmission, such as delay, packet loss rate, etc.
  • the initial rate corresponding to a medium refers to the physical layer bit rate when the media is first transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device after the QoS flow is established.
  • Table 1 shows some parameters in the QoS parameters. Table 1 is introduced as follows:
  • Table 1 there are two candidate rates for media 1, which can be understood as two physical layer bit rates supported when transmitting media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • candidate rate for various media in other rate combinations can be found in Table 1 and will not be described again here.
  • Table 1 takes two media (such as the above-mentioned media 1 and media 2) and each media corresponds to two candidate rates as an example for introduction.
  • Table 1 for any two rate combinations, at least one media candidate rate is different.
  • the number of media types in Table 1 can be more, and there can be one or more candidate rates for each media, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. If the number of media types in Table 1 changes, and/or the number of candidate rates for one or more media in Table 1 changes, the number of rate combinations will also be different. When there is one candidate rate for each media in Table 1, the number of rate combinations is one.
  • the media in Table 1 may be part of the media among the multiple media supported by the terminal device and the service server, or may be all media among the multiple media supported by the terminal device and the service server. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
  • Table 1 is still used as an example.
  • Table 1 also shows the initial rate of the media, as shown in rate combination 1, that is, the initial rate adopted by media 1 and media 2 when they are transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device. rate.
  • step 1 of S401 the terminal device and the service server negotiate the following information through session initiation protocol (SIP) signaling: the media jointly supported by the terminal device and the service server, the terminal device and the service Codec formats commonly supported by the server.
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • the fourth network device For the fourth network device, the fourth network device generates a QoS profile (QoS profile) based on the QoS parameters.
  • the QoS profile includes QoS parameters.
  • the QoS profile please refer to the relevant protocol specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
  • Step 2 The fourth network device sends the QoS profile to the third network device.
  • the third network device receives the QoS profile from the fourth network device.
  • steps 3 and 4 are introduced as follows:
  • Step 3 The third network device sends the QoS profile to the first network device through the second network device.
  • the first network device receives the QoS profile from the third network device through the second network device.
  • the QoS profile in step 3 is consistent with the QoS profile in step 2, and will not be described again here.
  • Step 4 The third network device sends the QoS rule (QoS rule) to the terminal device through the second network device.
  • the terminal device receives the QoS rule from the third network device through the second network device.
  • the QoS rule in step 4 is determined by the third network device based on the QoS profile. Among them, the QoS rules can be found in the relevant protocol specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
  • parameters in the QoS profile and the parameters in the QoS rules can also be described as configuration parameters.
  • the QoS flow is established.
  • QoS flow establishment process please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
  • S402a and S402b are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device sends at least two media to the service server.
  • the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
  • At least two media are media running on the terminal device.
  • the initial rates corresponding to each of the at least two media may be the same or different.
  • Table 1 which will not be described again here.
  • S402a includes: the terminal device sends media 1 to the service server at a transmission rate of 10.
  • the service server receives media 1 from the terminal device at a transmission rate of 10.
  • the terminal device sends media 2 to the service server at a transmission rate of 20.
  • the service server receives media 2 from the terminal device at a transmission rate of 20.
  • the transmission rate 10 is the application layer transmission rate of media 1 between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the transmission rate 10 is determined based on the candidate rate a1 in Table 1.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the transmission rate 10 is less than or equal to the candidate Rate a1.
  • the transmission rate 20 is the application layer transmission rate of media 2 between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the transmission rate 20 is determined based on the candidate rate b1 in Table 1.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the transmission rate 20 is less than or equal to the candidate rate b1. .
  • the terminal device first sends at least two types of media to the first network device, and the first network device then sends at least two types of media to the service server.
  • the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device through the first network device.
  • the service server sends at least two media to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
  • the media and the transmission rate of the media involved in S402b can be found in the introduction of S402a, and will not be described again here.
  • the service server first sends at least two types of media to the first network device, and the first network device then sends at least two types of media to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server through the first network device.
  • the terminal device performs S402a.
  • the terminal device executes S402b.
  • the first network device executes S403:
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device.
  • the first media is one of M media running on the terminal device.
  • M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • the first physical layer bit rate refers to the physical data rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device. Management layer bit rate.
  • S403 is introduced by taking wireless channel status change as an example.
  • S403 includes the following steps:
  • the first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
  • R ⁇ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device
  • r ⁇ 1 represents the physical layer bit rate change of media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device
  • r ⁇ 2 represents the physical layer bit rate change of media 2 between the terminal device and the first network device
  • r ⁇ i represents the physical layer bit rate change of media i between the terminal device and the first network device
  • r ⁇ M represents the physical layer bit rate variation of media M between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the number of media running on the terminal device is M, which are respectively recorded as media 1, media 2, ..., and media M.
  • M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
  • R ⁇ represents the sum of changes in the physical layer bit rates of M media between the terminal device and the first network device. It should be understood that for the first network device, the change amount of the physical layer bit rate that the first network device can perceive is R ⁇ , and it does not sense the change amount of the physical layer bit rate of each of the M media.
  • the first network device determines that the media to be adjusted is the first media based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and the bit rate threshold.
  • the number of bit rate thresholds is M-1, and the M-1 bit rate thresholds are different from each other.
  • the M-1 bit rate thresholds are denoted as K 1 , K 2 , K 3 , ..., K M-1 respectively.
  • the M-1 bit rate thresholds are arranged in order from small to large, or in order from large to small.
  • the first network device compares the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ to the bit rate threshold:
  • the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media 1.
  • the introduction of formula (2) is as follows: R ⁇ ⁇ K 1Formula (2)
  • R ⁇ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device
  • K 1 represents the first threshold among the M-1 bit rate thresholds.
  • the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media 2.
  • the introduction of formula (3) is as follows: K 1 ⁇ R ⁇ ⁇ K 2Formula (3)
  • R ⁇ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device
  • K 1 represents the first threshold among M-1 bit rate thresholds
  • K 2 represents M-1 The second threshold among the bit rate thresholds.
  • the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media x.
  • the introduction of formula (4) is as follows: K x-1 ⁇ R ⁇ ⁇ K x formula (4)
  • R ⁇ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device
  • K x-1 represents the x-1th threshold among the M-1 bit rate thresholds
  • x is a positive integer, 2 ⁇ x ⁇ M-1.
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and the predetermined bit rate.
  • the predetermined bit rate includes: the initial rate of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device. Please refer to the introduction of QoS parameters in S401, which will not be described again here.
  • R 1,0 represents the initial rate of media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device
  • R ⁇ represents the total change in the physical layer bit rate between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device
  • R 1 ,1 represents the first physical layer bit rate of media 1.
  • the predetermined bit rate includes: the physical layer bit rate determined when the first network device performs S4033 for the y-1th time.
  • y is a positive integer greater than or equal to 3.
  • R 1,y-1 represents the physical layer bit rate of media 1 determined by the first network device when executing S4033 for the y-1th time
  • R ⁇ represents the bit rate between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device.
  • the total physical layer bit rate change, R 1,y represents the first physical layer bit rate determined by the first network device when executing S4033 for the yth time.
  • the prerequisite for determining the first physical layer bit rate of the first media based on formula (6) is that the first network device stores the physical layer bit rate determined when S4033 is executed for the y-1th time.
  • the first network device can record the physical layer bit rate of the first media.
  • the first network device After the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate, the first network device performs S404:
  • the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device.
  • the first physical layer bit rate please refer to the introduction of S403, which will not be described again here.
  • Example 1 the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
  • the first item is the type information of the first media.
  • the first information indicates the type of the first media through the name of the media or the number of the media. Taking media 1 as an example, the first information may include the number of media 1.
  • the second item is the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first information may include R 1,1 to indicate the first physical layer bit rate of Media 1 .
  • Example 1 the format of the first information is modified through the first possible implementation method and the second possible implementation method.
  • the type information of the first media may occupy 1 bit in the first information, and the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 6 bits in the first information.
  • the type information of the first media occupies a reserved bit in the ANBR signaling, and the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 5a or Figure 5b.
  • Figure 5a (or Figure 5b) is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two.
  • the first media may be one of the two media running on the terminal device. For example, two media are running on the terminal device, which are recorded as media 1 and media 2 respectively. If the type information of the first media has a value of 0, it indicates media 1; if the type information of the first media has a value of 1, it indicates media 2. Or, conversely, if the type information of the first media has a value of 0, it represents media 2, and if the type information of the first media has a value of 1, it represents media 1.
  • the type information of the first media may occupy 2 bits in the first information, and the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 6 bits in the first information.
  • the type information of the first media occupies two reserved bits in the ANBR signaling, and the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 5c.
  • the first media may be one of four media running on the terminal device. For example, four media are running on the terminal device, which are recorded as media 1, media 2, media 3 and media 4 respectively. If the type information of the first media has a value of 00, it represents media 1; if the type information of the first media has a value of 01, it represents media 2; if the type information of the first media has a value of 10, it represents media 3; The value of the media type information is 11, which means media 4.
  • the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 7 bits in the first information.
  • the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field and the multiplier field in the ANBR signaling.
  • the value represented by the bit rate field and the value represented by the multiplier field jointly determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a and will not be described again here.
  • Example 2 the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
  • the first item is the type information of the first media.
  • the first item is the type information of the first media.
  • the differential rate is an additional physical layer bit rate increased or decreased by the first network device for the terminal device.
  • the differential rate is the differential rate for the first medium running on the terminal device.
  • the differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and a predetermined bit rate.
  • the first information may include R ⁇ to indicate the differential rate of Media 1 .
  • the predetermined bit rate please refer to the introduction of S4033, which will not be described again here.
  • Example 2 the format of the first information is introduced:
  • the type information of the first media occupies 1 bit in the first information, and the differential rate occupies 1 bit in the first information.
  • the type information of the first media occupies one reserved bit in ANBR signaling, and the differential rate can occupy 7 bits in ANBR signaling, such as 6 bits in the bit rate field and one reserved bit. , as shown in Figure 6a or Figure 6b.
  • the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the absolute value of the differential rate
  • the value of the reserved bit is used to represent positive/negative (+/-).
  • Figures 6a and 6b the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a, and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 6a (or Figure 6b) is applicable to the scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two.
  • the first network device may monitor the total amount of physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
  • the first network device monitors The total physical layer bit rate change is the same as or close to R ⁇ in S4031 (for example, the difference between the total physical layer bit rate change monitored by the first network device and R ⁇ in S4031 is less than the threshold)
  • the first The network device does not need to execute S404 again.
  • the first network device updates local information to store the physical layer bit rate between the terminal device and the first network device. In this way, the first network device can execute S4033 at the y+1th time to determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media.
  • the first network device executes S404 again until the number of repeated executions of S404 reaches the preset value, or the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate monitored by the first network device is the same as or close to R ⁇ in S4031 .
  • the first information may be transmitted through Example 1 in S404.
  • the first information may be transmitted through Example 2 in S404.
  • the process of determining the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ based on network congestion conditions is as follows:
  • Step 1 The first network device determines the change amount of time-frequency resources allocated to the terminal device.
  • the number of resource blocks (RBs) allocated by the first network device to the terminal device is reduced.
  • the number of RBs allocated by the first network device to the terminal device increases.
  • Step 2 The first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ between itself and the terminal device based on the time-frequency resource change.
  • the first network device determines the distance between itself and the terminal device based on the variation in the number of RBs and the modulation and coding scheme (MCS).
  • MCS modulation and coding scheme
  • S405a and S405b are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first transmission rate is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the terminal device performs S405a.
  • the terminal device executes S405b.
  • the terminal device also performs S406:
  • the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
  • the second information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device. Taking media 1 as the first media as an example, the expected rate of the first media is recorded as The second information includes the expected rate of media 1
  • the second information may be a part of the fields in the ANBRQ signaling.
  • the difference between Figures 7b to 7f is that the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the expected rate of the first medium by the terminal device, or, bit rate
  • the value of the rate field and the value of the multiplier field jointly represent the expected rate of the first medium by the terminal device.
  • the second information may also be a field in other signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the expected rate refers to the physical layer bits of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device. Total rate.
  • the expected rate refers to the physical layer bit rate adjustment amount of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device expected by the terminal device.
  • S403 includes S403a:
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device with reference to the expected rate.
  • the first network device can allocate more time-frequency resources to the terminal device. Based on the additional time-frequency resources and MCS allocated this time, the first network device determines itself and the terminal device. The total amount of physical layer bit rate variation R ⁇ between devices. The first network device is based on the desired rate and the smaller value of the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first network device when then the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ in formula (5), and determine the first physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (5); alternatively, the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate variation R ⁇ in formula (6), and determine the first physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (6). when Then the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate based on formula (5) or formula (6).
  • S406 is an optional step.
  • the terminal device determines the expected rate of the first media based on actual service requirements
  • the terminal device executes S406.
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate in response to the second information.
  • the terminal device does not perform S406.
  • the first network device may execute S403 periodically, for example, S403 may be executed at a certain interval to adjust the physical layer bit rate of the media in real time.
  • the terminal device also performs S407:
  • the terminal device determines the codec format according to the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the terminal device selects one codec format from multiple codec formats it supports based on the physical layer bit rates corresponding to different codec formats.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the codec format determined in S407 is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
  • each codec format corresponds to a physical layer bit rate, as shown in Table 2:
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 1 is x1
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 2 is y1
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 3 is z1.
  • the first physical layer bit rate of media 1 is R 1,1 .
  • the terminal device determines codec format 1 as the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1 ⁇ R 1 ,1 , when z1>R 1,1 , the terminal device determines the codec format 2 as the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1>R 1,1 , z1 ⁇ R 1,1 , the terminal The device determines that codec format 3 is the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1 ⁇ R 1,1 , z1 ⁇ R 1,1 , y1 ⁇ z1, the terminal device determines that codec format 3 is the selected codec format. The selected codec format.
  • the codec format determined in S407 is recorded as the first codec format. After the terminal device determines the first codec format, during uplink transmission, the terminal device executes S408:
  • the terminal device uses the first codec format to encode the media data of the first media to obtain encoded media data.
  • the terminal device uses the first codec format to encode the media data of Media 1 to obtain encoded media data.
  • the specific encoding process please refer to related technologies, which will not be described again here. .
  • the first media in S404a refers to the media data encoded in the first codec format. That is, after the terminal device executes S408, it then executes S405a to implement uplink transmission.
  • S405a includes step a1:
  • Step a1 The terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate.
  • the service server receives the first media from the terminal device through the third information at the first transmission rate.
  • the third information also includes information of the first codec format. It can be understood that the third information includes information of the first media and the first codec format. For example, the third information may include the name or identification of the first codec format.
  • the third information may include some fields in a real-time transport control protocol (RTCP) message.
  • the first media occupies the payload field of the RTCP message.
  • Information in a codec format occupies the temporary maximum media bitrate request (TMMBN) field of the RTCP message.
  • TMMBN temporary maximum media bitrate request
  • the third information may include some fields in the RTCP message.
  • the first media occupies the payload field in the RTCP message, and the information in the first codec format occupies the CMR field.
  • the business server After receiving the third information, the business server executes S409:
  • the service server decodes the first media using the first codec format.
  • the first codec format in S409 is consistent with the first codec format in step a1.
  • the decoding process of the first media please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device After the terminal device determines the codec format, as shown in Figure 8, during downlink transmission, the terminal device executes S410:
  • the terminal device sends fifth information to the service server.
  • the service server receives the fifth information from the terminal device.
  • the fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format.
  • the first codec format is the codec format used by the service server when encoding the first media.
  • the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  • the fifth information includes the name, identification, etc. of the first codec format.
  • the fifth information indicates the second codec format.
  • the fifth information includes the name, identification, etc. of the second codec format.
  • the fifth information is transmitted through the first transmission channel between the terminal device and the service server, and the transmission channel corresponds to the media one-to-one.
  • the first transmission channel is used to transmit the first media.
  • the terminal device determines that the port of the first transmission channel on the terminal device side is the first port, and then sends the fifth information through the first port, so that the fifth information passes through the first port.
  • the transmission channel transmits from the terminal device to the business server.
  • the business server receives the fifth information from the second port.
  • the business server determines that the media corresponding to the fifth information is the first based on the second port.
  • the media that is, the codec format indicated by the fifth information is used for encoding the first media.
  • the service server determines the first codec format according to the fifth information.
  • Example 1 Illustratively, by combining Example 1 and Example 2, the implementation process of S411 is introduced:
  • Example 1 The service server uses the codec format indicated by the fifth information as the codec format of the first media. For example, in the case where the fifth information indicates the first codec format, the service server uses the first codec format as the codec format of the first media.
  • Example 2 The service server determines the codec format of the first media according to the codec format indicated by the fifth information. For example, when the fifth information indicates the second codec format, the service server uses the first codec format as the codec format of the first media based on certain reference factors. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  • the service server uses the first codec format to encode the media data of the first media to obtain encoded media data.
  • the first media in S405b refers to the media data encoded in the first codec format. That is, after the service server executes S412, it then executes S405b to implement downlink transmission.
  • S405b includes step b1:
  • Step b1 The service server sends the first media to the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
  • the fourth information can be introduced as the third information in S405a, which will not be described again here.
  • the terminal device After receiving the fourth information, the terminal device executes S413:
  • the terminal device decodes the first media using the first codec format.
  • the first codec format in S413 is consistent with the first codec format in step b1.
  • the decoding process of the first media please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
  • the service rate adjustment method 400 is introduced by taking a single medium, that is, the first medium, as an example.
  • the service rate adjustment method 1000 is introduced in conjunction with Figures 10 to 13b:
  • the terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
  • the terminal device sends at least two media to the service server.
  • the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
  • the service server sends at least two media to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
  • the first network device executes S1003:
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the first media and the second media are different media among the M media running on the terminal device.
  • the first media is Media 1
  • the second media may be Media 2, Media 3, or Media M.
  • the first media is Media 2 and the second media may be Media 3, Media 4, or Media M.
  • the first physical layer bit rate refers to the physical layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • the second physical layer bit rate refers to the physical layer bit rate when the second media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device.
  • S1003 includes the following steps:
  • the first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
  • the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and at least one rate combination. rate.
  • the first network device can determine the initial rate sum R 0 , which is the sum of the initial rates of the media running on the terminal device.
  • R 0 represents the sum of the initial rates of media running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established
  • a1 represents the initial rate of media 1 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established
  • b1 represents the initial rate of media 1 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established.
  • the first network device determines that the media in the group of rate combinations includes the first media and the second media.
  • the introduction of formula (8) is as follows: R 0 ⁇ A+B ⁇ R 0 +R ⁇ Formula (8)
  • R 0 represents the sum of the initial rates of media running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established
  • A represents a candidate rate of media 2 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established
  • B represents after the QoS flow is established.
  • R ⁇ represents the physical layer between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device The total amount of bit rate change.
  • the first network device can also determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media.
  • formula (8) is introduced by taking two media running on the terminal device as an example.
  • the first network device determines the sum of the candidate rates of the media running on the terminal device.
  • the first network device selects a rate combination from the combinations that satisfy formula (8), for example, selects the rate combination with the largest sum of candidate rates, and then determines the first media rate combination.
  • a physical layer bit rate, and a second physical layer bit rate of the second medium are examples of the second medium.
  • the first network device After the QoS flow is established, when the first network device adjusts the media rate for the zth time, for the first network device, the first network device records the total physical layer bit rate R x when the media rate is adjusted for the z-1th time. , that is, the sum of the physical layer bit rates of the media running on the terminal device after the z-1th media rate adjustment.
  • z represents a positive integer, z ⁇ 2.
  • the first network device determines that the media in the group of rate combinations includes the first media and the second media.
  • the introduction of formula (9) is as follows: R z ⁇ A+B ⁇ R z +R ⁇ Formula (9)
  • R z represents the sum of the physical layer bit rates of the media running on the terminal device after the z-1th media rate adjustment after the QoS flow is established
  • A represents the media running on the terminal device 1 after the QoS flow is established.
  • a candidate rate of , B represents a candidate rate of media 2 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established
  • R ⁇ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device.
  • the first network device can determine a rate combination that satisfies formula (9), thereby determining the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media. , which will not be described again here.
  • the first network device After the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate, the first network device performs S1004:
  • the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate. Please refer to the introduction of S1003 for the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate, which will not be described again here.
  • the first information includes first indication information.
  • the first indication information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the second physical layer bit rate of the second medium.
  • the value represented by the first indication information corresponds to a rate set.
  • the rate combination includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media includes the first media and the second media.
  • the rate combination corresponding to the value represented by the first indication information is the rate combination determined in S1003. Taking Table 1 as an example, the value of M is 2. If the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the value represented by N bits corresponds to rate combination 2.
  • the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M and N are both 2. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the first indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 12.
  • N is related to the number of rate combinations. For example, N satisfies the following formula: 2 N-1 ⁇ S ⁇ 2 N formula (10)
  • N represents the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first information
  • S represents the number of rate combinations initially configured by the first network device.
  • S represents the number of rate combinations initially configured by the first network device.
  • the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
  • the first item the first instruction information.
  • the first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium.
  • the first indication information can still use a rate combination to indicate the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. Please refer to the introduction of the first possible implementation method in the first information, here No longer.
  • the second term is the first adjustment factor.
  • the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the value of the bit where the first rate adjustment factor is located is 0, which means that the value of the first rate adjustment factor is 1 . The value of the bit where the second rate adjustment factor is located is 0, which means that the value of the second rate adjustment factor is 1.
  • the physical layer bit rate and the first rate adjustment factor of the first medium are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate
  • the second media The physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set.
  • the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M, N and L are all 2.
  • the first indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, and the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 12.
  • Figure 12 is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is at least two.
  • the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction in Figure 3a and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 12 is an exemplary introduction with reference to ANBR signaling.
  • the first information can also be designed in other formats, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal device After receiving the first information, the terminal device executes S1005a and/or S1005b.
  • the introduction of S1005a and S1005b is as follows:
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the first transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first transmission rate is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the second transmission rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the second transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the second media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server.
  • the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second transmission rate is less than or equal to the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the terminal device performs S1005a.
  • the terminal device executes S1005b.
  • the terminal device also performs S1006:
  • the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device.
  • the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
  • the second information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device's expected rate for the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the second information includes second indication information.
  • the second indication information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device's expected rate for the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the value represented by the second indication information corresponds to a rate set.
  • the second indication information indicates the expected rate of the first medium and the expected rate of the second medium by indicating a rate combination.
  • the second indication information occupies N bits in the second information. For details, please refer to the introduction of the first indication information, which will not be described again here.
  • the second information includes the following two pieces of information:
  • the second indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium.
  • the second indication information can still use a rate combination to indicate the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. Please refer to the introduction of the first possible implementation method in the second information, here No longer.
  • the second term is the first adjustment factor.
  • the second adjustment factor includes an expected rate adjustment factor of the first medium and an expected rate adjustment factor of the second medium.
  • the second information includes the second indication information and the second adjustment factor
  • the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the expected rate adjustment factor of the first medium are used to determine the expected rate of the first medium
  • the physical layer bit rate of the second medium and the desired rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the desired rate of the second medium.
  • the second indication information occupies N bits in the second information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set.
  • the second adjustment factor occupies L bits in the second information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M. For example, if the desired rate combination determined by the terminal device is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M, N, and L are all 2.
  • the second indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, and the second adjustment factor occupies L bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 13b.
  • Figure 13b is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is at least two.
  • the LCID field and the UL indication field can be found in the introduction of Figure 3b and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 13b is an exemplary introduction with reference to ANBRQ signaling.
  • the second information may also have other format designs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the first network device After the first network device receives the second information, the first network device refers to the expected rate of the first media, determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and refers to the first physical layer bit rate of the first media.
  • the expected rate of the second media determines the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  • the first network device can allocate more time-frequency resources to the terminal device. Based on the additional time-frequency resources and MCS allocated this time, the first network device determines itself and the terminal device. The total amount of physical layer bit rate variation R ⁇ between devices. The first network device is based on the desired rate and the smaller value of the total physical layer bit rate variation R ⁇ to obtain the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate.
  • the first network device when then the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate change R ⁇ in formula (8), and determine the first a physical layer bit rate and a second physical layer bit rate; alternatively, the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate variation R ⁇ in formula (9), and determine the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (9). when Then the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate based on formula (8) or formula (9).
  • the terminal device determines the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media. Please refer to the introduction in S407.
  • the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device can provide the media codec format to the service server. See the introduction of S410.
  • Embodiment 2 mainly introduces the second service rate adjustment method.
  • the terminal device determines the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted.
  • the medium whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may be one type or multiple types.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the change amount of the physical layer bit rate between the first network device and the terminal device.
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate.
  • the first transmission rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation. In this way, even if at least two media are running on the terminal device at the same time, the media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted can be determined to be the first media based on the first information, and then the first media can be adjusted on the terminal device based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  • the transmission rate between the server and the business server For example, when the wireless channel state deteriorates and/or the network congestion condition deteriorates, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is reduced, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media is reduced to ensure that the media Transmission reliability. On the contrary, when the wireless channel state becomes better and/or the network congestion condition becomes better, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server increases, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media increases, so as to Increase media transfer rates.
  • the service rate adjustment method 1400 proposed by the embodiment of this application includes the following steps:
  • the terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
  • S1402a and S1402b are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device sends at least two media to the service server.
  • the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
  • the service server sends at least two media to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
  • the first The network device executes S1403:
  • the first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
  • the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
  • the first information indicates the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate.
  • the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate please refer to the introduction to the differential rate in Example 2 in S404, which will not be described again here.
  • the format of the first information is as follows: the total physical layer bit rate change may occupy 7 bits in the first information.
  • the total physical layer bit rate change occupies one reserved bit in ANBR signaling, such as 6 bits in the bit rate field and one bit in the reserved field, as shown in Figure 15a or Figure 15b.
  • the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the absolute value of the total physical layer bit rate change, and the value of a reserved bit is used to indicate positive/negative.
  • the total physical layer bit rate change may occupy 8 bits in the first information.
  • the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a, and will not be described again here.
  • Figure 15a and Figure 15b are applicable to the scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two.
  • S1405 and S1407 are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media based on the total change in the physical layer bit rate.
  • S1406a and S1406b are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
  • the terminal device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the first physical layer bit rate of the second media based on the total change in the physical layer bit rate.
  • S1408a and S1408b are introduced as follows:
  • the terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
  • the service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
  • the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
  • the terminal device determines the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media. Please refer to the introduction in S407.
  • the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the terminal device can provide the media codec format to the service server. See the introduction of S410.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device.
  • the communication device may be the network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network element, or a component that can be used for the network element.
  • the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600.
  • the communication device 1600 includes a processing unit 1601, a sending unit 1602 and a receiving unit 1603.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in Figure 4a.
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S402a, S405a in Figure 4a, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S402b, S404, S405b in Figure 4a, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the first network device to perform S403 in Figure 4a, and/or the first network device needs to Other processing operations performed.
  • the sending unit 1602 is configured to support the first network device to perform S404 in Figure 4a and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server to perform other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in Figure 4a.
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S402b, S405b in Figure 4a, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the service server to perform S402a, S405a in Figure 4a, and/or other receiving operations that the service server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the processing unit 1601 is used to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in FIG. 10 .
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1002a, S1005a in Figure 10, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1002b, S1004, S1005b in Figure 10, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support The first network device performs S1003 in Figure 10, and/or other processing operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the first network device to perform S1004 in Figure 10 and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server in performing other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in FIG. 10 .
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S1002b, S1005b in Figure 10, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the service server to perform S1002a, S1005a in Figure 10, and/or other receiving operations that the service server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1405, S1407 in Figure 14, and/or other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform according to the embodiment of the present application.
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1402a, S1406a, S1408a in Figure 14, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1402b, S1404, S1406b, S1408b in Figure 14, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the first network device to perform S1403 in Figure 14, and/or the first network device needs to Other processing operations performed.
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the first network device to perform S1404 in Figure 14 and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
  • the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server in performing other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in Figure 14 .
  • the sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S1402b, S1406b, S1408b in Figure 14, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the receiving unit 1603 is used to support the business server to perform S1402a, S1406a, S1408a in Figure 14, and/or other receiving operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
  • the communication device 1600 may also include a storage unit 1604 for storing program codes and data of the communication device.
  • the data may include but is not limited to original data or intermediate data.
  • the processing unit 1601 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or other Programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure.
  • the processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and microprocessors, and so on.
  • the sending unit 1602 may be a communication interface, a transmitter or a sending circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term, and in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces.
  • the receiving unit 1603 may be a communication interface, a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term, and in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces.
  • the sending unit 1602 and the receiving unit 1603 may be physically or logically implemented as the same unit.
  • Storage unit 1604 may be a memory.
  • the processing unit 1601 is a processor
  • the sending unit 1602 and the receiving unit 1603 are communication interfaces
  • the storage unit 1604 When it is a memory, the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 17 .
  • the communication device 1700 includes: a processor 1701 , a communication interface 1702 , and a memory 1703 .
  • the communication device may also include a bus 1704.
  • the communication interface 1702, the processor 1701 and the memory 1703 can be connected to each other through the bus 1704;
  • the bus 1704 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus etc.
  • the bus 1704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit.
  • the processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the method introduced in the above embodiment.
  • the processing circuit is used to perform the processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver circuit is used to perform the receiving/transmitting actions in the corresponding method.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives (SSD)) wait.
  • the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only illustrative.
  • the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods.
  • multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, and may be in electrical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation. . Based on this understanding, the essence or the contribution part of the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product.
  • the computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk, a hard disk or an optical disk. etc., including a number of instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Quality & Reliability (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Communication Control (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communications and provides a service rate adjusting method and a communication apparatus, which can adjust transmission rates of different media between a terminal device and a service server. The method comprises: a first network device determines a first physical layer bit rate of a first media running on a terminal device, wherein the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device; and the first network device sends first information to the terminal device, wherein the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer bit rate is used for determining a transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server.

Description

业务速率调整方法及通信装置Service rate adjustment method and communication device
本申请要求于2022年03月11日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210238251.8、发明名称为“一种XR业务的源端速率自适应调整方法、网络设备、终端设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,以及2022年04月22日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为202210429762.8、申请名称为“业务速率调整方法及通信装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires priority for the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on March 11, 2022, with the application number 202210238251.8 and the invention title "A source-end rate adaptive adjustment method, network equipment, and terminal equipment for XR services" right, as well as the priority right of a Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on April 22, 2022, with application number 202210429762.8 and application name "Business Rate Adjustment Method and Communication Device", the entire content of which is incorporated into this application by reference. .
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及无线通信领域,尤其涉及一种业务速率调整方法及通信装置。Embodiments of the present application relate to the field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a service rate adjustment method and a communication device.
背景技术Background technique
扩展现实(extended reality,XR)业务包括至少两种媒体。XR业务能够通过超文本传输协议(hyper text transfer protocol,HTTP)的自适应媒体流(dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP,DASH)技术进行传输,如业务服务器基于XR业务的媒体类型,将XR业务的业务数据分割成不同的片段。其中,不同媒体的片段采用不同的应用层比特速率(bitrate)在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输。Extended reality (XR) business includes at least two media. XR services can be transmitted through the adaptive media streaming (dynamic adaptive streaming over HTTP, DASH) technology of hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP). For example, the business server transfers the business data of the XR service based on the media type of the XR service. Split into different segments. Among them, different media fragments are transmitted between the terminal device and the service server using different application layer bit rates.
然而,在无线信道状态和/或网络拥塞状态发生变化时,如何调整XR业务中不同媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率,是亟待解决的问题。However, when the wireless channel status and/or network congestion status changes, how to adjust the transmission rate of different media in XR services between the terminal device and the service server is an issue that needs to be solved urgently.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供一种业务速率调整方法及通信装置,能够调整不同媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。为达到上述目的,本申请采用如下技术方案:This application provides a service rate adjustment method and a communication device, which can adjust the transmission rates of different media between terminal equipment and service servers. In order to achieve the above purpose, this application adopts the following technical solutions:
第一方面,提供一种业务速率调整方法。该方法的执行主体可以是第一网络设备,也可以是应用于第一网络设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是第一网络设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。其中,终端设备与第一网络设备无线连接。第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息指示终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,第一物理层比特速率用于确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。The first aspect is to provide a service rate adjustment method. The execution subject of the method may be the first network device, or may be a chip applied in the first network device. The following description takes the execution subject being the first network device as an example. The method includes: a first network device determining a first physical layer bit rate of a first media running on a terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device. The first network device sends first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. .
由于第一信息除了指示第一物理层比特速率之外,还指示了第一媒体,所以,即使终端设备上同时运行至少两种媒体,也能够基于第一信息,确定待调整传输速率的媒体为第一媒体,进而基于第一物理层比特速率来调整第一媒体在终端设备和业务服务器之间的传输速率。Since the first information not only indicates the first physical layer bit rate, but also indicates the first medium, even if at least two media are running simultaneously on the terminal device, it can be determined based on the first information that the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted is the first media, and further adjusts the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server based on the first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。其中,第一信息还指示终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率,第二物理层比特速率用于确定终端设备上运行的第二媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first network device determines a second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device. The first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device. The second physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission of the second media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. rate.
也就是说,第一信息除了指示第一物理层比特速率之外,还指示了第二物理层比特速率,以使终端设备基于第二物理层比特速率来调整第二媒体的传输速率。That is to say, in addition to indicating the first physical layer bit rate, the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device adjusts the transmission rate of the second medium based on the second physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合 对应,速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。例如,在N个比特所对应的速率组合中,第一媒体的候选速率为第一物理层比特速率,第二媒体的候选速率为第二物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits are related to a rate set. Correspondingly, the rate combination includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media includes the first media and the second media. For example, in the rate combination corresponding to N bits, the candidate rate of the first medium is the first physical layer bit rate, and the candidate rate of the second medium is the second physical layer bit rate.
也就是说,第一信息通过指示速率组合的方式,来指示第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率和第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。That is to say, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media by indicating a rate combination.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一指示信息和第一调整因子。其中,第一指示信息指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率,第一调整因子包括第一媒体的第一速率调整因子和第二媒体的第二速率调整因子。第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第一速率调整因子用于确定第一物理层比特速率,第二媒体的物理层比特速率和第二速率调整因子用于确定第二物理层比特速率。也就是说,第一信息通过指示速率组合和调整因子的方式,来指示第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率和第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes first indication information and a first adjustment factor. The first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium, and the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium. The physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the first rate adjustment factor are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate, and the physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate. That is to say, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media by indicating the rate combination and the adjustment factor.
在一种可能的设计中,第一指示信息在第一信息中占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。In a possible design, the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate set includes each of the M media running on the terminal device. A candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一调整因子在第一信息中占用L个比特,L是小于或等于M的正整数。In a possible design, the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一媒体的类型信息,以使终端设备获知待调整传输速率的媒体是哪种媒体。In a possible design, the first information includes type information of the first media, so that the terminal device knows what kind of media the transmission rate to be adjusted is.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一物理层比特速率,以使终端设备从第一信息中读取第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device reads the first physical layer bit rate from the first information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括终端设备上运行的第一媒体的差分速率。其中,差分速率是第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值,以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device. The differential rate is the difference between the bit rate of the first physical layer and the predetermined bit rate to reduce signaling overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息。其中,第二信息至少指示终端设备对第一媒体的期望速率,第一媒体的期望速率用于第一网络设备确定第一物理层比特速率,以满足终端设备的需求。In a possible design, before the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device. The second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media, and the expected rate of the first media is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息之前,该方法还包括:第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的配置信息。其中,配置信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备上运行的M种媒体的类型信息、至少两个速率组合的信息,至少两个速率组合中每个速率组合包括M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体,以为第一网络设备进行参数配置。In a possible design, before the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device, the method further includes: the first network device receives configuration information from the second network device. Wherein, the configuration information includes at least one of the following: type information of M types of media running on the terminal device, information of at least two rate combinations, each of the at least two rate combinations includes one of each of the M types of media. The candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media to configure parameters for the first network device.
第二方面,提供一种业务速率调整方法。该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,终端设备与第一网络设备无线连接。终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,和/或,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第一传输速率是基于第一物理层比特速率确定的。In the second aspect, a service rate adjustment method is provided. The execution subject of this method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example. The method includes: a terminal device receiving first information from a first network device. The first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:终端设备以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体,和/或,终端设备以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。其中,第二传输速 率是基于第二物理层比特速率确定的,第一信息还指示终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate. Among them, the second transmission speed The rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate, and the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。In one possible design, the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. The rate set includes a candidate rate for each of the M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一指示信息和第一调整因子。其中,第一指示信息指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率,第一调整因子包括第一媒体的第一速率调整因子和第二媒体的第二速率调整因子。第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第一速率调整因子用于确定第一物理层比特速率,第二媒体的物理层比特速率和第二速率调整因子用于确定第二物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes first indication information and a first adjustment factor. The first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium, and the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium. The physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the first rate adjustment factor are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate, and the physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一指示信息在第一信息中占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。In a possible design, the first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate set includes each of the M media running on the terminal device. A candidate rate, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一调整因子在第一信息中占用L个比特,L是小于或等于M的正整数。In a possible design, the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一媒体的类型信息。In a possible design, the first information includes type information of the first media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括终端设备上运行的第一媒体的差分速率。其中,差分速率是第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值。In a possible design, the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device. Wherein, the differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and the predetermined bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,在终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二信息。其中,第二信息至少指示终端设备对第一媒体的期望速率,第一媒体的期望速率用于第一网络设备确定第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, before the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second information to the first network device. The second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media, and the expected rate of the first media is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备以第一传输速率通过第三信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在业务服务器的解码。和/或,终端设备以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在终端设备的解码。In a possible design, the terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server. And/or, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. The fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在终端设备以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向业务服务器发送第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于业务服务器确定第一编解码格式的信息,第五信息是终端设备基于第一物理层比特速率确定的,以使业务服务器在下行传输时使用第一编解码格式进行编码。In a possible design, before the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the fifth information to the service server. The fifth information includes information for the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the terminal device based on the first physical layer bit rate, so that the service server uses the first codec format during downlink transmission. coding.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。也就是说,业务服务器可以使用终端设备上报的编解码格式(即第一编解码格式)进行编码。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format. That is to say, the service server can perform encoding using the codec format reported by the terminal device (ie, the first codec format).
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
也就是说,业务服务器可以基于终端设备上报的编解码格式(即第二编解码格式),自主选择一种编解码格式,即第一编解码格式进行编码。That is to say, the service server can independently select a codec format, that is, the first codec format, for encoding based on the codec format reported by the terminal device (ie, the second codec format).
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息包括实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。 In a possible design, the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
第三方面,提供一种业务速率调整方法。该方法的执行主体可以是业务服务器,也可以是应用于业务服务器中的芯片。下面以执行主体是业务服务器为例进行描述。该方法包括:业务服务器接收来自终端设备的第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于确定第一编解码格式的信息。业务服务器以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体。其中,第一媒体是终端设备上运行的一种媒体,第一传输速率是基于第一编解码格式确定的。In the third aspect, a service rate adjustment method is provided. The execution subject of this method can be a business server or a chip applied in the business server. The following description takes the execution subject as a business server as an example. The method includes: the service server receives fifth information from the terminal device. The fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format. The service server sends the first media to the terminal device at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first media is a media running on the terminal device, and the first transmission rate is determined based on the first codec format.
也就是说,业务服务器基于第五信息确定第一编解码格式之后,也就能够确定第一传输速率,从而调整第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间下行传输速率。That is to say, after the service server determines the first codec format based on the fifth information, it can also determine the first transmission rate, thereby adjusting the downlink transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息承载于实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the fifth information is carried in a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
在一种可能的设计中,业务服务器以第一传输速率通过第四信息向终端设备发送第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在终端设备的解码。In a possible design, the service server sends the first media to the terminal device through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. The fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
第四方面,提供一种业务速率调整方法。该方法的执行主体可以是业务服务器,也可以是应用于业务服务器中的芯片。下面以执行主体是业务服务器为例进行描述。该方法包括:业务服务器以第一传输速率通过第三信息接收来自终端设备的第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息。业务服务器采用第一编解码格式对第一媒体进行解码。The fourth aspect provides a service rate adjustment method. The execution subject of this method can be a business server or a chip applied in the business server. The following description takes the execution subject as a business server as an example. The method includes: the service server receives first media from the terminal device through third information at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format. The service server uses the first codec format to decode the first media.
第五方面,提供一种业务速率调整方法。该方法的执行主体可以是终端设备,也可以是应用于终端设备中的芯片。下面以执行主体是终端设备为例进行描述。该方法包括:终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量。终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,和/或,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的所述第一媒体。其中,所述第一传输速率是基于所述物理层比特速率变化量确定的。The fifth aspect provides a service rate adjustment method. The execution subject of this method may be a terminal device or a chip applied in the terminal device. The following description takes the execution subject being a terminal device as an example. The method includes: a terminal device receiving first information from a first network device. Wherein, the first information indicates the change amount of the physical layer bit rate between the first network device and the terminal device. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the variation of the physical layer bit rate.
即使终端设备上同时运行至少两种媒体,也能够基于第一信息,确定待调整传输速率的媒体为第一媒体,进而基于第一物理层比特速率来调整第一媒体在终端设备和业务服务器之间的传输速率。Even if at least two media are running on the terminal device at the same time, the media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted can be determined as the first media based on the first information, and then the first media can be adjusted between the terminal device and the service server based on the first physical layer bit rate. transmission rate between.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:终端设备以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体,和/或,终端设备以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。其中,第二传输速率是基于物理层比特速率变化量确定的。In a possible design, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate. Wherein, the second transmission rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation.
也就是说,终端设备基于物理层比特速率变化量,除了能够确定第一物理层比特速率之外,还能够确定第二物理层比特速率,以使终端设备基于第二物理层比特速率来调整第二媒体的传输速率。That is to say, based on the change amount of the physical layer bit rate, the terminal device can not only determine the first physical layer bit rate, but also determine the second physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device adjusts the third physical layer bit rate based on the second physical layer bit rate. 2. The transmission rate of the media.
在一种可能的设计中,终端设备以第一传输速率通过第三信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在业务服务器的解码。和/或,终端设备以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在终端设备的解码。 In a possible design, the terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server. And/or, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. The fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,在终端设备以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体之前,该方法还包括:终端设备向业务服务器发送第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于业务服务器确定第一编解码格式的信息,第五信息是终端设备基于物理层比特速率变化量确定的。In a possible design, before the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate, the method further includes: the terminal device sends the fifth information to the service server. The fifth information includes information used by the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the terminal device based on the physical layer bit rate change.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息包括实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
第六方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者实现上述第一网络设备功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A sixth aspect provides a communication device, which may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device; the communication device The device includes corresponding modules, units, or means (means) for implementing the above method. The modules, units, or means can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中,处理单元,用于确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。其中,终端设备与通信装置无线连接。发送单元,用于向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息指示终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,第一物理层比特速率用于确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the processing unit is used to determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device. Wherein, the terminal equipment and the communication device are wirelessly connected. The sending unit is used to send the first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. .
在一种可能的设计中,处理单元,还用于确定终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。其中,第一信息还指示终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率,第二物理层比特速率用于确定终端设备上运行的第二媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。In a possible design, the processing unit is also used to determine the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device. The first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device. The second physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission of the second media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。例如,在N个比特所对应的速率组合中,第一媒体的候选速率为第一物理层比特速率,第二媒体的候选速率为第二物理层比特速率。In one possible design, the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. The rate set includes a candidate rate for each of the M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media. For example, in the rate combination corresponding to N bits, the candidate rate of the first medium is the first physical layer bit rate, and the candidate rate of the second medium is the second physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一媒体的类型信息,以使终端设备获知待调整传输速率的媒体是哪种媒体。In a possible design, the first information includes type information of the first media, so that the terminal device knows what kind of media the transmission rate to be adjusted is.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一物理层比特速率,以使终端设备从第一信息中读取第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate, so that the terminal device reads the first physical layer bit rate from the first information.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括终端设备上运行的第一媒体的差分速率。其中,差分速率是第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值,以降低信令开销。In a possible design, the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the terminal device. The differential rate is the difference between the bit rate of the first physical layer and the predetermined bit rate to reduce signaling overhead.
在一种可能的设计中,接收单元,在发送单元向终端设备发送第一信息之前,还用于接收来自终端设备的第二信息。其中,第二信息至少指示终端设备对第一媒体的期望速率,第一媒体的期望速率用于通信装置确定第一物理层比特速率,以满足终端设备的需求。In a possible design, the receiving unit is also used to receive the second information from the terminal device before the sending unit sends the first information to the terminal device. The second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first medium. The expected rate of the first medium is used by the communication device to determine the first physical layer bit rate to meet the requirements of the terminal device.
在一种可能的设计中,接收单元,接收来自终端设备的第二信息之前,还用于接收来自第二网络设备的配置信息。其中,配置信息包括以下至少一项:终端设备上运行的M种媒体的类型信息、至少两个速率组合的信息,至少两个速率组合中每个速率组合包括M种媒体中 每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the receiving unit is further configured to receive configuration information from the second network device before receiving the second information from the terminal device. The configuration information includes at least one of the following: type information of M types of media running on the terminal device, information of at least two rate combinations, each of the at least two rate combinations includes one of the M types of media A candidate rate for each media, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media.
第七方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A seventh aspect provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device in the above second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the above terminal device; the communication device includes a device that implements the above The module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中,接收单元,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示通信装置上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,通信装置与第一网络设备无线连接。发送单元,用于以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,和/或,接收单元,用于以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第一传输速率是基于第一物理层比特速率确定的。其中,处理单元,用于控制接收单元执行上述处理,或用于控制接收单元和发送单元执行上述处理。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the receiving unit is used to receive the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first medium running on the communication device, and the communication device is wirelessly connected to the first network device. The sending unit is used to send the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and/or the receiving unit is used to receive the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate. The processing unit is used to control the receiving unit to perform the above processing, or to control the receiving unit and the sending unit to perform the above processing.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,还用于以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体,和/或,接收单元,还用于以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。其中,第二传输速率是基于第二物理层比特速率确定的,第一信息还指示通信装置上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the sending unit is also configured to send the second media to the business server at the second transmission rate, and/or the receiving unit is also configured to receive the second media from the business server at the second transmission rate. . Wherein, the second transmission rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate, and the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second medium running on the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,速率组合包括通信装置上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M种媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。In a possible design, the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. The rate set includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the communication device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media include the first media and the second media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一媒体的类型信息。In a possible design, the first information includes type information of the first media.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the first information includes a first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,第一信息包括通信装置上运行的第一媒体的差分速率。其中,差分速率是第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值。In a possible design, the first information includes a differential rate of the first medium running on the communication device. Wherein, the differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and the predetermined bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,还用于在接收单元接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息之前,向第一网络设备发送第二信息。其中,第二信息至少指示通信装置对第一媒体的期望速率,第一媒体的期望速率用于第一网络设备确定第一物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the sending unit is also configured to send the second information to the first network device before the receiving unit receives the first information from the first network device. The second information at least indicates an expected rate of the first medium by the communication device, and the expected rate of the first medium is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第三信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在业务服务器的解码。和/或,接收单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在通信装置的解码。In a possible design, the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the service server through the third information at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server. And/or, a receiving unit configured to receive the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the fourth information also includes information of a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding of the first media in the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,还用于在接收单元以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体之前,向业务服务器发送第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于业务服务器确定第一编解码格式的信息,第五信息是通信装置基于第一物理层比特速率确定的,以使业务服务器在下行传输时使用第一编解码格式进行编码。In a possible design, the sending unit is also configured to send the fifth information to the business server before the receiving unit receives the first media from the business server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. The fifth information includes information for the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the communication device based on the first physical layer bit rate, so that the service server uses the first codec format during downlink transmission. coding.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息包括实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指 示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transport protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate Indicates a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
第八方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者实现上述业务服务器功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。An eighth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or a chip that implements the above business server function; the communication device includes a device that implements the above The module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元、发送单元和接收单元。其中,接收单元,用于接收来自终端设备的第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于确定第一编解码格式的信息。发送单元,用于以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体。其中,第一媒体是终端设备上运行的一种媒体,第一传输速率是基于第一编解码格式确定的。控制单元用于控制接收单元执行上述处理,以及用于控制发送单元执行上述处理。The communication device includes a processing unit, a sending unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the receiving unit is used to receive the fifth information from the terminal device. The fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format. A sending unit, configured to send the first media to the terminal device at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first media is a media running on the terminal device, and the first transmission rate is determined based on the first codec format. The control unit is used to control the receiving unit to perform the above processing, and to control the sending unit to perform the above processing.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息承载于实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the fifth information is carried in a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第四信息向终端设备发送第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在终端设备的解码。In a possible design, the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the terminal device through fourth information at a first transmission rate. The fourth information also includes information on a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media on the terminal device.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者实现上述业务服务器功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。A ninth aspect provides a communication device, which may be a business server in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or a chip that implements the above business server function; the communication device includes a device that implements the above The module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元和接收单元。其中,接收单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第三信息接收来自终端设备的第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息。处理单元,用于采用第一编解码格式对第一媒体进行解码。The communication device includes a processing unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the receiving unit is configured to receive the first media from the terminal device through the third information at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format. A processing unit configured to decode the first media using the first codec format.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片;所述通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或means可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In a tenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a terminal device in the fifth aspect or any of the possible designs of the fifth aspect, or a chip that implements the functions of the above terminal device; the communication device includes a device that implements the above The module, unit, or means (means) corresponding to the method can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above functions.
该通信装置包括处理单元和接收单元。其中,接收单元,用于接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备与单元,用于之间的物理层比特速率变化量。发送单元,用于以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,和/或,接收单元,用于以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的所述第一媒体。其中,所述第一传输速率是基于所述物理层比特速率变化量确定的。The communication device includes a processing unit and a receiving unit. Wherein, the receiving unit is used to receive the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information indicates the physical layer bit rate variation between the first network device and the unit. A sending unit, configured to send the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or a receiving unit, configured to receive the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the variation of the physical layer bit rate.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,还用于以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体,和/或,接收单元,还用于以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。其中,第二传输 速率是基于物理层比特速率变化量确定的。In a possible design, the sending unit is also configured to send the second media to the business server at the second transmission rate, and/or the receiving unit is also configured to receive the second media from the business server at the second transmission rate. . Among them, the second transmission The rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第三信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在业务服务器的解码。和/或,接收单元,用于以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。其中,第四信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,第一编解码格式至少用于第一媒体在通信装置的解码。In a possible design, the sending unit is configured to send the first media to the service server through the third information at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding the first media in the service server. And/or, a receiving unit configured to receive the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. Wherein, the fourth information also includes information of a first codec format, and the first codec format is at least used for decoding of the first media in the communication device.
在一种可能的设计中,发送单元,还用于在接收单元以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体之前,向业务服务器发送第五信息。其中,第五信息包括用于业务服务器确定第一编解码格式的信息,第五信息是通信装置基于物理层比特速率变化量确定的。In a possible design, the sending unit is also configured to send the fifth information to the business server before the receiving unit receives the first media from the business server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. The fifth information includes information used by the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is determined by the communication device based on the physical layer bit rate change.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。In a possible design, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
在一种可能的设计中,第五信息包括实时传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,媒体包括第一媒体。In a possible design, the fifth information includes a field in the real-time transmission protocol RTP message, and the field is used to indicate a codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
第十一方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中第一网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者实现上述第一网络设备功能的芯片。In an eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of the above aspects or the first network in any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the device. The communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
第十二方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备,或者实现上述第一网络设备功能的芯片。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method performed by the first network device. The communication device may be the first network device in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, or a chip that implements the function of the above-mentioned first network device.
第十三方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的第一网络设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第一方面或第一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip may be a chip that implements the first network device function in the above-mentioned first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第十四方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者该通信装置可以为上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the above aspects or any aspect required by the terminal equipment in any possible design. method of execution. The communication device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or the communication device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or A chip that implements the above terminal equipment functions.
第十五方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者为上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备,或者实现上述终端设备功能的芯片。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method executed by the terminal device. The communication device may be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned second aspect or any possible design of the second aspect, or be the terminal equipment in the above-mentioned fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect, or implement the above-mentioned terminal equipment. Functional chip.
第十六方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第二方面或第二方面任一种可 能的设计中的终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第二方面或第二方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如,该芯片可以为实现上述第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的终端设备功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第五方面或第五方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with modules outside the chip. For example, the chip can be used to implement the second aspect or any one of the second aspects. A chip capable of designing terminal device functions. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above second aspect or any method in the possible design of the second aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the function of the terminal device in the fifth aspect or any possible design of the fifth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fifth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fifth aspect.
第十七方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,使得该通信装置执行上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中业务服务器所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者该通信装置可以为上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者实现上述业务服务器功能的芯片。In a seventeenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions. When the processor executes the instructions, the communication device causes the communication device to perform any of the above aspects or any possible aspect of the business server in the design. method of execution. The communication device may be a service server in the above-mentioned third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a service server in the above-mentioned fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect, or A chip that implements the above business server functions.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置。该通信装置包括:处理器;所述处理器与存储器耦合,用于读取存储器中的指令并执行,以使该通信装置执行如上述任一方面或任一方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器所执行的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者该通信装置可以为上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器,或者实现上述业务服务器功能的芯片。In an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device includes: a processor; the processor is coupled to a memory, and is used to read instructions in the memory and execute them, so that the communication device performs any of the above aspects or any possible design of any aspect. The method executed by the business server. The communication device may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or the communication device may be a business server in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect, or A chip that implements the above business server functions.
第十九方面,提供一种芯片。该芯片包括处理电路和输入输出接口。其中,输入输出接口用于与芯片之外的模块通信,例如,该芯片可以为实现上述第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第三方面或第三方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。再如,该芯片可以为实现上述第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的业务服务器功能的芯片。处理电路用于运行计算机程序或指令,以实现以上第四方面或第四方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a chip is provided. The chip includes processing circuits and input and output interfaces. The input and output interface is used to communicate with a module outside the chip. For example, the chip may be a chip that implements the business server function in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the method in the above third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect. For another example, the chip may be a chip that implements the business server function in the fourth aspect or any possible design of the fourth aspect. The processing circuit is used to run computer programs or instructions to implement the above fourth aspect or any method in the possible design of the fourth aspect.
第二十方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质。该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a twentieth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods in any of the above aspects.
第二十一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面中任一项的方法。A twenty-first aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform any of the methods of any of the above aspects.
第二十二方面,提供一种电路系统。电路系统包括处理电路,处理电路被配置为执行如上述任一方面中任一项的方法。In a twenty-second aspect, a circuit system is provided. The circuitry includes processing circuitry configured to perform a method as in any one of the above aspects.
其中,第六方面至第二十方面中任一种设计所带来的技术效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the designs in the sixth to twentieth aspects can be referred to the beneficial effects in the corresponding methods provided above, and will not be described again here.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1a为本申请的实施例应用的一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1a is a schematic architectural diagram of a communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图1b为本申请的实施例应用的再一种通信系统的架构示意图;Figure 1b is an architectural schematic diagram of yet another communication system applied in an embodiment of the present application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 2 is a schematic flow chart of a service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3a为本申请实施例提供的一种信令格式示意图;Figure 3a is a schematic diagram of a signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3b为本申请实施例提供的再一种信令格式示意图;Figure 3b is a schematic diagram of yet another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4a为本申请实施例提供的再一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 4a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4b为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 4b is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4c为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 4c is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 5a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图; Figure 5b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5c为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 5c is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6a为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 6a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6b为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 6b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 7a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 7b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7c为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 7c is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7d为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 7d is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7e为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 7e is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7f为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 7f is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 8 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 9 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 10 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 11 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 12 is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13a为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 13a is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13b为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 13b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的又一种业务速率调整方法的流程示意图;Figure 14 is a schematic flow chart of yet another service rate adjustment method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15a为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 15a is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图15b为本申请实施例提供的又一种信令格式示意图;Figure 15b is a schematic diagram of another signaling format provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;Figure 16 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的再一种通信装置的结构示意图。Figure 17 is a schematic structural diagram of yet another communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
本申请的说明书以及附图中的术语“第一”和“第二”等是用于区别不同的对象,或者用于区别对同一对象的不同处理,而不是用于描述对象的特定顺序。此外,本申请的描述中所提到的术语“包括”和“具有”以及它们的任何变形,意图在于覆盖不排他的包含。例如包含了一系列步骤或单元的过程、方法、系统、产品或设备没有限定于已列出的步骤或单元,而是可选地还包括其他没有列出的步骤或单元,或可选地还包括对于这些过程、方法、产品或设备固有的其它步骤或单元。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请实施例中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其它实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。在本申请实施例中,“两个以上”包括两个本身。多个可以包括两个,也可以包括三个,还可以包括更多。The terms “first” and “second” in the description of this application and the drawings are used to distinguish different objects, or to distinguish different processes on the same object, rather than to describe a specific order of objects. Furthermore, references to the terms "including" and "having" and any variations thereof in the description of this application are intended to cover non-exclusive inclusion. For example, a process, method, system, product or device that includes a series of steps or units is not limited to the listed steps or units, but optionally also includes other unlisted steps or units, or optionally also Includes other steps or units that are inherent to such processes, methods, products, or devices. It should be noted that in the embodiments of this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to represent examples, illustrations or explanations. Any embodiment or design described as "exemplary" or "such as" in the embodiments of the present application is not to be construed as preferred or advantageous over other embodiments or designs. Rather, use of the words "exemplary" or "such as" is intended to present the concept in a concrete manner. In the embodiment of this application, "more than two" includes two itself. Multiple can include two, three, or more.
本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,如第五代(5th generation,5G)系统或新无线(new radio,NR)或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统等。本申请提供的技术方案还可以应用于未来的通信系统,如第六代移动通信系统。本申请实施例的技术方案还可以应用于设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信,车辆外联(vehicle-to-everything,V2X)通信,机器到机器(machine to machine,M2M)通信,机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC),以及物联网(internet of things,IoT)通信系统或者其他通信系统。The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can be applied to various communication systems, such as fifth generation (5th generation, 5G) systems or new radio (NR) or long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) systems, etc. The technical solution provided by this application can also be applied to future communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication system. The technical solutions of the embodiments of this application can also be applied to device-to-device (D2D) communication, vehicle-to-everything (V2X) communication, machine-to-machine (M2M) communication, and machine-to-machine (M2M) communication. Type communication (machine type communication, MTC), and Internet of things (Internet of things, IoT) communication system or other communication systems.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,首先结合图1a和图1b简单介绍本申请实施例适用的通信 系统。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the communication applicable to the embodiments of the present application is first briefly introduced in conjunction with Figure 1a and Figure 1b system.
作为示例性说明,图1a示出了本申请实施例适用的一种5G系统的架构示意图。如图1a所示,该网络架构1000包括终端设备(terminal equipment)110、接入网(access network,AN)设备120、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元130和边缘应用服务器(edge application server,EAS)140。As an exemplary illustration, Figure 1a shows a schematic architectural diagram of a 5G system to which embodiments of the present application are applicable. As shown in Figure 1a, the network architecture 1000 includes terminal equipment (terminal equipment) 110, access network (AN) equipment 120, user plane function (UPF) network element 130 and edge application server (edge application server, EAS)140.
其中,终端设备110,也可以称为用户设备(user equipment)、终端装置、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台(mobile station,MS)、移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置等。终端设备110可以是一种向用户提供语音/数据连通性的设备,例如,具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、车载设备等。目前,一些终端设备的举例可以包括:手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑(如笔记本电脑、掌上电脑等)、移动互联网设备(mobile internet device,MID)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其它处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)中的终端设备等。Among them, the terminal equipment 110 can also be called user equipment (user equipment), terminal device, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, mobile station (mobile station, MS), mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT) , remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, terminal, wireless communication equipment, user agent or user device, etc. The terminal device 110 may be a device that provides voice/data connectivity to a user, such as a handheld device, a vehicle-mounted device, etc. with wireless connection capabilities. Currently, some examples of terminal devices include: mobile phones, tablets (pads), computers with wireless transceiver functions (such as laptops, handheld computers, etc.), mobile Internet devices (mobile internet device, MID), virtual Reality (virtual reality, VR) equipment, augmented reality (AR) equipment, wireless terminals in industrial control (industrial control), wireless terminals in self-driving (self driving), remote medical (remote medical) Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart grid, wireless terminals in transportation safety, wireless terminals in smart city, wireless terminals in smart home, cellular phones, Cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (PDAs), handheld devices with wireless communications capabilities, computing devices, or Other processing equipment, vehicle-mounted equipment, wearable equipment connected to the wireless modem, terminal equipment in the 5G network or terminal equipment in the future evolved public land mobile communication network (public land mobile network, PLMN), etc.
此外,终端设备110还可以是物联网(internet of things,IoT)系统中的终端设备。IoT是未来信息技术发展的重要组成部分,其主要技术特点是将物品通过通信技术与网络连接,从而实现人机互连,物物互连的智能化网络。IoT技术可以通过例如窄带(narrow band,NB)技术,做到海量连接,深度覆盖,终端设备省电。In addition, the terminal device 110 may also be a terminal device in an Internet of things (IoT) system. IoT is an important part of the future development of information technology. Its main technical feature is to connect objects to the network through communication technology, thereby realizing an intelligent network of human-computer interconnection and object interconnection. IoT technology can achieve massive connections, deep coverage, and power saving for terminal devices through narrowband (NB) technology, for example.
此外,终端设备110还可以包括智能打印机、火车探测器等,主要功能包括收集数据、接收来自接入网设备120的控制信息与下行数据,并发送电磁波,向接入网设备120传输上行数据。In addition, the terminal device 110 may also include a smart printer, a train detector, etc., and its main functions include collecting data, receiving control information and downlink data from the access network device 120, and sending electromagnetic waves to transmit uplink data to the access network device 120.
应理解,终端设备110可以是任何可以接入网络的设备。终端设备110与接入网设备120之间可以采用某种空口技术相互通信。It should be understood that the terminal device 110 may be any device that can access the network. The terminal device 110 and the access network device 120 may communicate with each other using some air interface technology.
可选地,终端设备110可以用于充当接入网设备。例如,终端设备可以充当调度实体,其在V2X或D2D等中的终端设备之间提供侧行链路信号。比如,蜂窝电话和汽车利用侧行链路信号彼此通信。蜂窝电话和智能家居设备之间通信,而无需通过接入网设备之间通信。Optionally, the terminal device 110 may be used to act as an access network device. For example, terminal devices may act as a scheduling entity that provides sidelink signals between terminal devices in V2X or D2D, etc. For example, cell phones and cars use sidelink signals to communicate with each other. Communicate between cellular phones and smart home devices without the need to communicate between devices through an access network.
其中,接入网设备120,也可以称为无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备。接入网设备120,用于为特定区域的授权终端设备110提供入网功能,并能够根据终端设备110的级别,业务的需求等使用不同服务质量的传输隧道。接入网设备120能够管理无线资源,为终端设备110提供接入服务,进而完成控制信息和用户数据在终端设备和核心网之间的转发,接入网设备120也可以理解为传统网络中的基站(base station)。Among them, the access network device 120 may also be called a radio access network (radio access network, RAN) device. The access network device 120 is used to provide network access functions for authorized terminal devices 110 in a specific area, and can use transmission tunnels with different service qualities according to the level of the terminal device 110, business requirements, etc. The access network device 120 can manage wireless resources, provide access services to the terminal device 110, and complete the forwarding of control information and user data between the terminal device and the core network. The access network device 120 can also be understood as a traditional network device. Base station.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的接入网设备120可以是用于与终端设备110通信的任意一种具有无线收发功能的通信设备。该接入网设备包括但不限为演进型节点B(evolved NodeB, eNB),或,NR系统中的下一代基站(next generation NodeB,gNB),或,发送接收点(transmission reception point,TRP),5G系统中的基站的一个或一组(包括多个天线面板)天线面板,或,构成gNB或TRP的网络节点,如基带单元(baseband unit,BBU),或,分布式单元(distributed unit,DU)等。For example, the access network device 120 in the embodiment of the present application may be any communication device with a wireless transceiver function used to communicate with the terminal device 110 . The access network equipment includes but is not limited to evolved NodeB (evolved NodeB, eNB), or the next generation base station (next generation NodeB, gNB) in the NR system, or the transmission reception point (TRP), one or a group of base stations (including multiple antenna panels) in the 5G system Antenna panels, or network nodes that constitute gNB or TRP, such as baseband unit (BBU), or distributed unit (DU), etc.
在一些部署中,gNB可以包括集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和DU。gNB还可以包括有源天线单元(active antenna unit,AAU)。CU实现gNB的部分功能,DU实现gNB的部分功能。比如,CU负责处理非实时协议和服务,实现无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC),分组数据汇聚层协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的功能。DU负责处理物理层协议和实时服务,实现无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)层、媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层和物理(physical,PHY)层的功能。AAU实现部分物理层处理功能、射频处理及有源天线的相关功能。由于RRC层的信息最终会变成PHY层的信息,或者,由PHY层的信息转变而来,因而,在这种架构下,高层信令,如RRC层信令,也可以认为是由DU发送的。可以理解的是,接入网设备120可以为包括CU、DU、AAU中一项或多项的设备。此外,可以将CU划分为接入网中的接入网设备,也可以将CU划分为核心网(core network,CN)中的接入网设备,本申请对此不做限定。In some deployments, gNB may include centralized units (CUs) and DUs. The gNB may also include an active antenna unit (AAU). CU implements some functions of gNB, and DU implements some functions of gNB. For example, CU is responsible for processing non-real-time protocols and services, implementing radio resource control (RRC), and packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer functions. DU is responsible for processing physical layer protocols and real-time services, and implementing the functions of the radio link control (RLC) layer, media access control (MAC) layer and physical (physical, PHY) layer. AAU implements some physical layer processing functions, radio frequency processing and active antenna related functions. Since RRC layer information will eventually become PHY layer information, or transformed from PHY layer information, in this architecture, high-level signaling, such as RRC layer signaling, can also be considered to be sent by DU of. It can be understood that the access network device 120 may be a device including one or more of CU, DU, and AAU. In addition, the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the access network, or the CU can be divided into access network equipment in the core network (core network, CN), which is not limited in this application.
其中,UPF网元130,主要包括以下功能:数据包路由和传输、包检测、业务用量上报、服务质量(quality of service,QoS)处理、合法监听、上行包检测、下行数据包存储等用户面相关的功能。Among them, UPF network element 130 mainly includes the following functions: data packet routing and transmission, packet detection, business usage reporting, quality of service (QoS) processing, legal interception, uplink packet detection, downlink data packet storage and other user interfaces related functions.
其中,EAS140,为部署在边缘数据网络(edge data network,EDN)中的应用服务器。该服务器上运行的应用还可以称为“应用实例”,具体是指服务器应用程序,如增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)等扩展现实(extended reality,XR)部署运行在边缘数据网络的实例(instance)。一个应用(或者也可以称为业务)可在EDN中部署一个或多个EAS,部署运行在不同的EDN中的EAS可以认为是一个应用的不同的EAS,它们可以共享一个域名,也可以与部署在云上的应用使用不同的域名,其中,域名可以是全限定域名(fully qualified domain name,FQDN),可以使用一个任意播放的互联网协议(internet protocol,IP)地址,也可以使用不同的IP地址。Among them, EAS140 is an application server deployed in edge data network (EDN). The applications running on the server can also be called "application instances", specifically referring to server applications, such as augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR) and other extended reality (XR) deployments Instances running on edge data networks. An application (or business) can deploy one or more EASs in EDN. EASs deployed and running in different EDNs can be considered as different EASs of one application. They can share a domain name or can be deployed with Applications on the cloud use different domain names. The domain name can be a fully qualified domain name (FQDN), an arbitrary Internet Protocol (IP) address, or a different IP address. .
可以理解的是,EAS也可以称为边缘应用、应用实例、边缘应用实例、多接入边缘计算(multi-access edge computing,MEC)应用、EAS功能等。It can be understood that EAS can also be called edge applications, application instances, edge application instances, multi-access edge computing (MEC) applications, EAS functions, etc.
其中,EDN可以是本地数据中心(local part of DN),EDN包含边缘使能服务器(edge enabler server,EES)和多个EAS,每个EDN有特定的服务范围。Among them, EDN can be a local data center (local part of DN). EDN includes edge enabler server (EES) and multiple EAS. Each EDN has a specific service scope.
可选的,如图1b所示,该网络架构还可以包括但不限于以下网元:接入和移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、边缘计算中引入边缘应用服务器发现功能(edge application server discovery function,EASDF)网元、网络存储功能(network repository function,NRF)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元、应用功能(application function,AF)网元等。Optionally, as shown in Figure 1b, the network architecture can also include but is not limited to the following network elements: access and mobility management function (AMF) network element, session management function, SMF) network element, network exposure function (NEF) network element, edge application server discovery function (EASDF) network element, network repository function (NRF) network introduced in edge computing Elements, policy control function (PCF) network elements, unified data management (UDM) network elements, application function (AF) network elements, etc.
其中,AMF网元主要包括以下功能:连接管理、移动性管理、注册管理、接入认证和授权、可达性管理、安全上下文管理等接入和移动性相关的功能。 Among them, AMF network elements mainly include the following functions: connection management, mobility management, registration management, access authentication and authorization, reachability management, security context management and other access and mobility related functions.
其中,SMF网元主要用于会话管理、终端设备的IP地址分配和管理、选择可管理用户平面功能、策略控制和收费功能接口的终结点以及下行数据通知等。Among them, the SMF network element is mainly used for session management, IP address allocation and management of terminal equipment, selection of endpoints for manageable user plane functions, policy control and charging function interfaces, and downlink data notification.
其中,NEF网元主要包括以下功能:安全的开放第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)网络功能提供的业务和能力;转化或翻译与AF网元交互的信息和内部网络功能交互的信息,如AF网元的服务标识和内部5G核心网信息如数据网络名(data network name,DNN),单网络切片选择辅助信息(single network slice selection assistance information,S-NSSAI)等。Among them, NEF network elements mainly include the following functions: services and capabilities provided by the secure and open 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) network functions; transformation or translation of information interacting with AF network elements and internal network function interaction Information, such as the service identifier of the AF network element and internal 5G core network information such as data network name (DNN), single network slice selection assistance information (S-NSSAI), etc.
其中,EASDF网元主要负责发现EAS网元,根据SMF网元的指示处理域名系统(domain name system,DNS)消息、终止DNS安全等。Among them, the EASDF network element is mainly responsible for discovering the EAS network element, processing domain name system (DNS) messages according to the instructions of the SMF network element, terminating DNS security, etc.
其中,NRF网元主要包括以下功能:服务发现功能,维护可用的网络功能(network function,NF)实例的NF文本以及他们支持的服务。Among them, NRF network elements mainly include the following functions: service discovery function, maintaining NF text of available network function (network function, NF) instances and the services they support.
其中,PCF网元用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制面功能网元,如AMF网元、SMF网元等,提供策略规则信息等。Among them, PCF network elements are used to guide network behavior in a unified policy framework, providing policy rule information for control plane functional network elements, such as AMF network elements, SMF network elements, etc.
其中,AF网元用于进行应用的数据路由提供应用层信息,可以通过NEF网元,与策略框架交互或直接与策略框架交互进行策略决策请求控制等。Among them, the AF network element is used to provide application layer information for data routing of applications, and can interact with the policy framework through the NEF network element or directly interact with the policy framework to perform policy decision request control, etc.
其中,UDM网元主要包括以下功能:统一数据管理,支持3GPP认证和密钥协商机制中的认证信任状处理,用户身份处理,接入授权,注册和移动性管理,签约管理,短消息管理等。Among them, UDM network elements mainly include the following functions: unified data management, support for authentication credential processing in 3GPP authentication and key negotiation mechanisms, user identity processing, access authorization, registration and mobility management, subscription management, short message management, etc. .
在本申请实施例中,UPF网元、AMF网元、SMF网元、NEF网元、EASDF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元和AF网元,均属于核心网设备。核心网设备和接入网设备,可以称为网络设备。In the embodiment of this application, UPF network element, AMF network element, SMF network element, NEF network element, EASDF network element, NRF network element, PCF network element, UDM network element and AF network element all belong to the core network equipment. Core network equipment and access network equipment can be called network equipment.
在图1b所示的网络架构中,各网元之间可以通过图中所示的接口通信,部分接口可以采用非服务化接口的方式实现。如图1b所示,终端设备和AMF网元之间可以通过N1接口进行交互,交互消息例如可以称为N1消息(N1 Message)。接入网设备和AMF网元之间可以通过N2接口进行交互,N2接口可以用于非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息的发送等。接入网设备和UPF网元之间可以通过N3接口进行交互,N3接口可以用于传输用户面的数据等。SMF网元和UPF网元之间可以通过N4接口进行交互,N4接口可以用于传输例如N3连接的隧道标识信息,数据缓存指示信息,以及下行数据通知消息等信息。UPF网元和EAS之间可以通过N6接口进行交互,N6接口可以于传输用户面的数据等。In the network architecture shown in Figure 1b, network elements can communicate with each other through the interfaces shown in the figure, and some interfaces can be implemented using non-service interfaces. As shown in Figure 1b, the terminal device and the AMF network element can interact through the N1 interface, and the interaction message can be called an N1 message (N1 Message), for example. Access network equipment and AMF network elements can interact through the N2 interface, and the N2 interface can be used for sending non-access stratum (NAS) messages. Access network equipment and UPF network elements can interact through the N3 interface, and the N3 interface can be used to transmit user plane data, etc. SMF network elements and UPF network elements can interact through the N4 interface. The N4 interface can be used to transmit information such as tunnel identification information of the N3 connection, data cache indication information, and downlink data notification messages. UPF network elements and EAS can interact through the N6 interface, which can transmit user plane data, etc.
另外,图1b中控制面功能的各个网元也可以通过服务化接口进行通信,比如,AMF网元经过Namf接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务;SMF网元经过Nsmf接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务;同理,NEF网元、EASDF网元、NRF网元、PCF网元、UDM网元以及AF网元经过各自对应的接口接入服务化架构,提供相应的服务,这里不再赘述。其他接口与各网元之间的关系如图1b中所示,为了简洁,这里不一一详述。In addition, each network element of the control plane function in Figure 1b can also communicate through the service-oriented interface. For example, the AMF network element accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Namf interface to provide corresponding services; the SMF network element accesses the service-oriented architecture through the Nsmf interface. architecture to provide corresponding services; similarly, NEF network elements, EASDF network elements, NRF network elements, PCF network elements, UDM network elements and AF network elements are connected to the service-oriented architecture through their corresponding interfaces to provide corresponding services. Here No longer. The relationship between other interfaces and each network element is shown in Figure 1b. For the sake of simplicity, they will not be described in detail here.
应理解,上述本申请实施例能够应用的网络架构仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例适用的网络架构并不局限于此,任何包括能够实现上述各个网元的功能的网络架构都适用于本申请实施例。It should be understood that the network architecture to which the embodiments of the present application can be applied are only illustrative. The network architecture applicable to the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this. Any network architecture that can realize the functions of each of the above network elements is applicable to this application. Application examples.
还应理解,图1b中所示的AMF网元、SMF网元、UPF网元、PCF网元等可以理解为用于实现不同功能的网元,例如可以按需组合成网络切片。这些网元可以各自独立的设备,也 可以集成于同一设备中实现不同的功能,或者可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行的软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能,本申请对于上述网元的具体形态不作限定。It should also be understood that the AMF network elements, SMF network elements, UPF network elements, PCF network elements, etc. shown in Figure 1b can be understood as network elements used to implement different functions, and can, for example, be combined into network slices as needed. These network elements can be independent devices, or It can be integrated into the same device to implement different functions, or it can be a network element in a hardware device, a software function running on dedicated hardware, or a virtualized function instantiated on a platform (for example, a cloud platform). This application does not limit the specific form of the above network elements.
还应理解,上述命名仅为便于区分不同的功能而定义,不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请并不排除在5G网络以及未来其它的网络中采用其他命名的可能。例如,在6G网络中,上述各个网元中的部分或全部可以沿用5G中的术语,也可能采用其他名称等。It should also be understood that the above nomenclature is only defined to facilitate the differentiation of different functions and should not constitute any limitation on this application. This application does not rule out the possibility of using other naming in 5G networks and other future networks. For example, in a 6G network, some or all of the above network elements may use the terminology used in 5G, or may adopt other names.
还应理解,图1a和图1b中的各个网元之间的接口名称只是一个示例,具体实现中接口的名称可能为其他的名称,本申请对此不作具体限定。此外,上述各个网元之间的所传输的消息(或信令)的名称也仅仅是一个示例,对消息本身的功能不构成任何限定。It should also be understood that the interface name between each network element in Figure 1a and Figure 1b is just an example. In specific implementation, the name of the interface may be other names, and this application does not specifically limit this. In addition, the names of the messages (or signaling) transmitted between the various network elements are only examples and do not constitute any limitation on the function of the messages themselves.
为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面对本申请涉及的相关技术做简单介绍。In order to facilitate understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the relevant technologies involved in the present application are briefly introduced below.
1、XR1. XR
XR,是指通过计算机技术和可穿戴设备产生的一个真实与虚拟组合的、可人机交互的环境。XR是在增强现实(augmented reality,AR),虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)和混合现实(mixed reality,MR)基础上提出的。换句话说,为了避免概念混淆,XR其实是一个总称,包括了AR,VR和MR。XR业务的目的是利用高速网络,加上360度影像等技术,达到交互式的沉浸体验效果。XR refers to a human-computer interaction environment that is a combination of real and virtual, generated through computer technology and wearable devices. XR is proposed based on augmented reality (AR), virtual reality (VR) and mixed reality (MR). In other words, to avoid conceptual confusion, XR is actually a general term that includes AR, VR and MR. The purpose of XR business is to use high-speed networks and 360-degree imaging and other technologies to achieve an interactive and immersive experience.
其中,XR业务需要同时传输多种媒体,如不同的音频和视频。XR业务通过DASH技术进行传输,如业务服务器基于XR业务的媒体类型,将XR业务的业务数据分割成不同的片段。其中,不同媒体的片段采用不同的应用层比特速率在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输。Among them, XR services need to transmit multiple media at the same time, such as different audio and video. XR services are transmitted through DASH technology. For example, the service server divides the business data of the XR service into different fragments based on the media type of the XR service. Among them, different media fragments are transmitted between the terminal device and the service server using different application layer bit rates.
应理解,媒体,也可以有其他描述,如媒体数据、媒体流(media flow),在本申请实施例中,以媒体为例,进行描述。It should be understood that the media may also have other descriptions, such as media data and media flow. In the embodiment of this application, the media is taken as an example for description.
2、编解码格式2. Codec format
编解码格式,属于数据压缩/解压技术。对于同一种编解码格式而言,既可以用于发端设备对待发送媒体进行编码,又可以用于收端设备对已接收媒体进行解码。编解码格式,也可以有其他描述,如编解码器类型(codec type),在本申请实施例中,以编解码格式为例,进行介绍。下面,以音频信号和视频信号为例,对编解码格式进行介绍:Codec format is a data compression/decompression technology. For the same codec format, it can be used by the sending device to encode the media to be sent, and it can also be used by the receiving device to decode the received media. The codec format may also have other descriptions, such as codec type. In the embodiment of this application, the codec format is taken as an example for introduction. Below, we take audio signals and video signals as examples to introduce the encoding and decoding formats:
对于音频信号而言,编解码格式包括以下至少一项:自适应多速率窄带编码(adaptive multi-rate-narrow band,AMR-NB),或自适应多速率宽带编码(adaptive multi-rate-wide band,AMR-WB)。For audio signals, the codec format includes at least one of the following: adaptive multi-rate-narrow band (AMR-NB), or adaptive multi-rate-wide band (adaptive multi-rate-wide band) ,AMR-WB).
对于视频信号而言,编解码格式包括以下至少一项:For video signals, the codec format includes at least one of the following:
第一项,高效视频编码(high efficiency video coding,HEVC).26x,如H.263、H.264、或H.265。The first item is high efficiency video coding (HEVC).26x, such as H.263, H.264, or H.265.
第二项,移动图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)x编码格式,如MPEG1、MPEG2、或MPEG4。The second item is the Moving Picture Experts Group (MPEG)x encoding format, such as MPEG1, MPEG2, or MPEG4.
其中,视频信号可以按照不同的方式进行区分。例如,依据视频帧的图像在终端设备视线范围内的位置,可将视频帧分为视野区(field of view,FoV)和非视野区。其中,视野区是指,终端设备在某一给定时刻的视线范围内,由视野焦点开始的对两侧的可视区域的角度测量得到的视野区域。非视野区是指,视频帧中除视野区域之外的其他区域。在XR业务中,视野区和非视野区的图像质量要求是不一样的。视野区的图片质量要求高,而非视野区的图 片可以变得模糊和淡化。也就是说,视野区和非视野区的分辨率要求不一样,对应的编解码格式也会不一样。Among them, video signals can be distinguished in different ways. For example, according to the position of the image of the video frame within the line of sight of the terminal device, the video frame can be divided into a field of view (FoV) area and a non-field of view area. The field of view area refers to the field of view area measured from the angle of the visual area on both sides starting from the focus of the field of view within the line of sight of the terminal device at a given moment. The non-viewing area refers to other areas in the video frame except the visual field area. In the XR business, the image quality requirements for the field of view area and the non-field of view area are different. The picture quality in the field of view area has high requirements, but the picture in the non-field of view area Pieces can become blurred and faded. In other words, the resolution requirements of the visual field area and the non-viewing area are different, and the corresponding encoding and decoding formats will also be different.
3、接入网比特速率推荐(access network bitrate recommendation,ANBR)信令3. Access network bitrate recommendation (ANBR) signaling
ANBR信令是互联网协议多媒体子系统(internet protocol multimedia subsystem,IMS)中的信令,用于指示网络设备向终端设备推荐的物理层比特速率,以调整XR业务在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。示例性的,结合图2和图3b,对ANBR信令进行详细介绍:ANBR signaling is signaling in the Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS). It is used to indicate the physical layer bit rate recommended by the network device to the terminal device to adjust the XR service between the terminal device and the service server. Transmission rate. As an example, ANBR signaling is introduced in detail with reference to Figure 2 and Figure 3b:
参见图2,IMS分别与演进的数据包核心(evolved packet core,EPC)设备1和EPC设备2连接。EPC设备1还与接入网设备1连接,接入网设备1还与终端设备1通信连接。EPC设备2还与接入网设备2连接,接入网设备2还与终端设备2通信连接。相应的,终端设备1和终端设备2可以通过IMS经由EPC设备彼此通信。其中,EPC设备是4G网络中的核心网设备。各项设备执行的步骤如下:Referring to Figure 2, IMS is connected to evolved packet core (evolved packet core, EPC) device 1 and EPC device 2 respectively. The EPC device 1 is also connected to the access network device 1, and the access network device 1 is also connected to the terminal device 1 for communication. The EPC device 2 is also connected to the access network device 2, and the access network device 2 is also connected to the terminal device 2 for communication. Correspondingly, the terminal device 1 and the terminal device 2 can communicate with each other via the EPC device through IMS. Among them, EPC equipment is the core network equipment in the 4G network. The steps performed by each device are as follows:
步骤1,终端设备2向终端设备1发送消息1。相应的,终端设备1接收来自终端设备2的消息1。Step 1: Terminal device 2 sends message 1 to terminal device 1. Correspondingly, terminal device 1 receives message 1 from terminal device 2.
其中,消息1用于请求最大物理层比特速率R0(如,可以记为,Request max R0)。Among them, message 1 is used to request the maximum physical layer bit rate R0 (for example, it can be recorded as, Request max R0).
对于终端设备1来说,终端设备1接收到消息1之后,执行步骤2:For terminal device 1, after receiving message 1, terminal device 1 executes step 2:
步骤2,终端设备1向终端设备2发送消息2。相应的,终端设备2接收来自终端设备1的消息2。Step 2: Terminal device 1 sends message 2 to terminal device 2. Correspondingly, terminal device 2 receives message 2 from terminal device 1 .
其中,消息2用于通知最大物理层比特速率R0(如,可以记为,Notify max R0)。Among them, message 2 is used to notify the maximum physical layer bit rate R0 (for example, it can be recorded as, Notify max R0).
步骤3,终端设备1与终端设备2采用物理层比特速率R0传输媒体。Step 3: Terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 transmit media using the physical layer bit rate R0.
示例性的,终端设备1以物理层比特速率R0向终端设备2发送媒体,相应的,终端设备2以物理层比特速率R0接收来自终端设备1的媒体。和/或,终端设备2以物理层比特速率R0向终端设备1发送媒体,相应的,终端设备1以物理层比特速率R0接收来自终端设备2的媒体。For example, terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at a physical layer bit rate R0, and accordingly, terminal device 2 receives media from terminal device 1 at a physical layer bit rate R0. And/or, the terminal device 2 sends the media to the terminal device 1 at the physical layer bit rate R0, and accordingly, the terminal device 1 receives the media from the terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R0.
示例性的,步骤3中传输的媒体,可以承载于实时传输协议(real-time transport protocol,RTP)报文。步骤3所示的传输过程中,若终端设备1以物理层比特速率R0向终端设备2发送媒体,则可以记为,RTP media flow with UE-1 R0 send rate。For example, the media transmitted in step 3 can be carried in a real-time transport protocol (RTP) message. During the transmission process shown in step 3, if terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R0, it can be recorded as, RTP media flow with UE-1 R0 send rate.
在传输过程中,接入网设备1确定无线信道状态变差,和/或,网络拥塞状态变差,接入网设备1为终端设备1确定一个推荐的物理层比特速率R1。其中,R1<R0。然后,接入网设备1执行步骤4:During the transmission process, the access network device 1 determines that the wireless channel status has deteriorated, and/or the network congestion status has deteriorated, and the access network device 1 determines a recommended physical layer bit rate R1 for the terminal device 1. Among them, R1<R0. Then, access network device 1 performs step 4:
步骤4,接入网设备1向终端设备1发送ANBR信令。相应的,终端设备1接收来自接入网设备1的ANBR信令。Step 4: Access network device 1 sends ANBR signaling to terminal device 1. Correspondingly, the terminal device 1 receives the ANBR signaling from the access network device 1 .
其中,ANBR信令用于指示接入网设备1向终端设备1推荐的一个物理层比特速率R1,以使终端设备1调整上行链路(uplink,UL)传输过程中的物理层比特速率。示例性的,步骤4所传输的信令,可以记为,UL ANBR R1。Among them, ANBR signaling is used to indicate a physical layer bit rate R1 recommended by the access network device 1 to the terminal device 1, so that the terminal device 1 adjusts the physical layer bit rate during uplink (UL) transmission. For example, the signaling transmitted in step 4 can be recorded as UL ANBR R1.
其中,ANBR信令的媒体接入控制层控制元素(media access control-control element,MAC CE)的格式如图3a所示。ANBR信令包括逻辑信道标识(logical channel identifier,LCID)字段、下行链路(downlink,DL)指示字段、比特速率字段、乘子(X)字段和保留(reserve,R)字段。其中,LCID字段包括6个比特,以指示逻辑信道标识。应理解,ANBR信令指示的比特速率适用于该逻辑信道所传输的媒体。DL指示字段包括1个比特,以指示上行传输还 是下行传输。比特速率字段包括6个比特,以指示接入网设备1推荐的一个物理层比特速率。乘子字段包括1个比特。例如,若乘子字段所表示的取值为0,则推荐的乘子为1,若乘子字段所表示的取值为1,则推荐的乘子是一个指定倍数。保留字段包括2个比特,或描述为,保留字段包括2个保留位。Among them, the format of the media access control-control element (MAC CE) of ANBR signaling is shown in Figure 3a. ANBR signaling includes a logical channel identifier (LCID) field, a downlink (DL) indication field, a bit rate field, a multiplier (X) field and a reservation (reserve, R) field. Among them, the LCID field includes 6 bits to indicate the logical channel identification. It should be understood that the bit rate indicated by ANBR signaling is applicable to the media transmitted by the logical channel. The DL indication field includes 1 bit to indicate whether the uplink transmission It's downlink transmission. The bit rate field includes 6 bits to indicate a physical layer bit rate recommended by the access network device 1. The multiplier field consists of 1 bit. For example, if the value represented by the multiplier field is 0, the recommended multiplier is 1; if the value represented by the multiplier field is 1, the recommended multiplier is a specified multiple. The reserved field includes 2 bits, or is described as, the reserved field includes 2 reserved bits.
应理解,对应终端设备1而言,针对每一媒体,在应用层经过编解码格式进行编码之后,依次经过业务数据适配协议(service data adaptation protocol,SDAP)层、PDCP层、RLC层、MAC层和PHY层之后,通过物理信道向终端设备2发送经过编码后的媒体,详见步骤3和步骤6的介绍。其中,ANBR信令中的LCID用于标识某一个逻辑信道。其中,步骤6中的媒体在终端设备1侧由该逻辑信道从RLC层向MAC层传输。It should be understood that, corresponding to the terminal device 1, for each media, after the application layer is encoded through the codec format, it sequentially passes through the service data adaptation protocol (service data adaptation protocol, SDAP) layer, PDCP layer, RLC layer, and MAC layer. After the PHY layer and the PHY layer, the encoded media is sent to the terminal device 2 through the physical channel. For details, see the introduction of steps 3 and 6. Among them, the LCID in ANBR signaling is used to identify a certain logical channel. The media in step 6 is transmitted from the RLC layer to the MAC layer on the terminal device 1 side through the logical channel.
可选的,若在上行传输过程中,对于终端设备1而言,终端设备1在执行步骤4之前,终端设备1向接入网设备1发送接入网比特速率推荐查询(access network bitrate recommendation query,ANBRQ)信令。相应的,接入网设备1接收来自终端设备1的ANBRQ信令。Optionally, if during the uplink transmission process, for the terminal device 1, before the terminal device 1 performs step 4, the terminal device 1 sends an access network bitrate recommendation query to the access network device 1. , ANBRQ) signaling. Correspondingly, the access network device 1 receives the ANBRQ signaling from the terminal device 1.
其中,ANBRQ信令包括终端设备1期望推荐的物理层比特速率。Among them, the ANBRQ signaling includes the physical layer bit rate expected and recommended by the terminal device 1.
其中,ANBRQ信令的MAC CE的格式如图3b所示。ANBRQ信令包括LCID字段、上行链路(uplink,UL)指示字段、比特速率字段、乘子(X)字段和保留字段。其中,LCID字段、比特速率字段、乘子(X)字段和保留字段,可以参见ANBR信令的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the format of MAC CE for ANBRQ signaling is shown in Figure 3b. ANBRQ signaling includes an LCID field, an uplink (UL) indication field, a bit rate field, a multiplier (X) field and a reserved field. Among them, the LCID field, bit rate field, multiplier (X) field and reserved field can be found in the introduction of ANBR signaling and will not be described again here.
对于接入网设备1来说,接入网设备1基于ANBRQ中的物理层比特速率,以及实时的无线信道状态和网络拥塞状态,确定一个推荐的物理层比特速率,通过ANBR提供给终端设备1,即步骤4的介绍,此处不再赘述。For access network device 1, access network device 1 determines a recommended physical layer bit rate based on the physical layer bit rate in ANBRQ, as well as real-time wireless channel status and network congestion status, and provides it to terminal device 1 through ANBR , which is the introduction of step 4, and will not be repeated here.
可选的,若在下行传输过程中,对于终端设备1而言,终端设备1无需发送ANBRQ信令。对于接入网设备1而言,接入网设备1执行步骤4即可。Optionally, if during downlink transmission, for terminal equipment 1, terminal equipment 1 does not need to send ANBRQ signaling. For the access network device 1, the access network device 1 only needs to perform step 4.
步骤5,终端设备1进行决策。Step 5: Terminal device 1 makes a decision.
示例性的,终端设备1将ANBR信令指示的物理层比特速率R1,作为上行传输的物理层比特速率。For example, the terminal device 1 uses the physical layer bit rate R1 indicated by the ANBR signaling as the physical layer bit rate for uplink transmission.
步骤6,终端设备1与终端设备2采用物理层比特速率R1传输媒体。Step 6: Terminal device 1 and terminal device 2 transmit media using the physical layer bit rate R1.
示例性的,步骤6的实现过程可以参见步骤3的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, the implementation process of step 6 can be referred to the introduction of step 3, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,步骤6所示的传输过程中,若终端设备1以物理层比特速率R1向终端设备2发送媒体,则可以记为,RTP media flow with UE-1 R1 send rate。For example, during the transmission process shown in step 6, if terminal device 1 sends media to terminal device 2 at the physical layer bit rate R1, it can be recorded as, RTP media flow with UE-1 R1 send rate.
步骤7,终端设备1向终端设备2发送消息3。相应的,终端设备2接收来自终端设备1的消息3。Step 7: Terminal device 1 sends message 3 to terminal device 2. Correspondingly, terminal device 2 receives message 3 from terminal device 1 .
其中,消息3用于通知最大物理层比特速率R1(如,可以记为,Notify max R0)。Among them, message 3 is used to notify the maximum physical layer bit rate R1 (for example, it can be recorded as, Notify max R0).
示例性的,在XR业务包括视频信号的情况下,消息3可以承载于实时传输控制协议(real-time transport control protocol,RTCP)报文中的编译码模式请求(codec mode request,CMR)字段。For example, when the XR service includes video signals, message 3 can be carried in the codec mode request (CMR) field in the real-time transport control protocol (real-time transport control protocol, RTCP) message.
在上述处理流程中,ANBR信令中推荐的物理层比特速率是一个,适用于逻辑信道传输单一媒体的场景。而XR业务中,同一逻辑信道同时支持不同媒体的传输,也就无法基于ANBR信令指示的物理层比特速率,来精细化调整不同媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速 率,影响媒体传输性能。In the above processing flow, the physical layer bit rate recommended in ANBR signaling is one, which is suitable for scenarios where a single media is transmitted through a logical channel. In XR services, the same logical channel supports the transmission of different media at the same time, so it is impossible to finely adjust the transmission speed of different media between the terminal device and the service server based on the physical layer bit rate indicated by ANBR signaling. rate, affecting media transmission performance.
有鉴于此,本申请实施例提供了两种业务速率调整方法(第一种业务速率调整方法和第二种业务速率调整方法),该方法可以应用于图1a或图1b所示的通信系统。在本申请实施例中,物理层比特速率是指,终端设备与网络设备(如基站)之间的传输速率,如下文提及的初始速率、候选速率、期望速率均属于物理层比特速率。传输速率是指,终端设备与业务服务器之间的应用层比特速率,如下文提及的传输速率10、传输速率20、第一传输速率、第二传输速率均属于应用层比特速率。本申请下述实施例中各个网元之间的消息名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字。在此统一说明,以下不再赘述。In view of this, embodiments of the present application provide two service rate adjustment methods (the first service rate adjustment method and the second service rate adjustment method), which methods can be applied to the communication system shown in Figure 1a or Figure 1b. In the embodiment of this application, the physical layer bit rate refers to the transmission rate between the terminal device and the network device (such as a base station). The initial rate, candidate rate, and expected rate mentioned below all belong to the physical layer bit rate. The transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate between the terminal device and the service server. The transmission rate 10, transmission rate 20, first transmission rate, and second transmission rate mentioned below all belong to the application layer bit rate. In the following embodiments of this application, the names of messages between network elements or the names of parameters in the messages are just examples, and other names may also be used in specific implementations. This is explained uniformly and will not be repeated below.
实施例一Embodiment 1
实施例一主要介绍第一种业务速率调整方法。在第一种业务速率调整方法中,由第一网络设备确定待调整传输速率的媒体。其中,待调整传输速率的媒体可以是一种,详见业务速率调整方法400的介绍;待调整传输速率的媒体也可以是多种,详见业务速率调整方法1000的介绍。下面,结合图4a至图13b,对本申请实施例提出的第一种业务速率调整方法进行详细介绍。Embodiment 1 mainly introduces the first service rate adjustment method. In the first service rate adjustment method, the first network device determines the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted. The medium whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may be one type. For details, please refer to the introduction of the service rate adjustment method 400. The media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may also be multiple types. For details, please refer to the introduction of the service rate adjustment method 1000. Next, the first service rate adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail with reference to Figures 4a to 13b.
在本申请实施例提供的业务速率调整方法中,第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。其中,终端设备与第一网络设备无线连接。之后,第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。其中,第一信息指示终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,第一物理层比特速率用于确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。这样一来,由于第一信息除了指示第一物理层比特速率之外,还指示了第一媒体,所以,即使终端设备上同时运行至少两种媒体,也能够基于第一信息,确定待调整传输速率的媒体为第一媒体,进而基于第一物理层比特速率来调整第一媒体在终端设备和业务服务器之间的传输速率。例如,在无线信道状态变差,和/或,网络拥塞状况变差时,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率降低,即第一媒体的应用层比特速率降低,以保障媒体传输可靠性。反之,在无线信道状态变优,和/或,网络拥塞状况变优时,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率升高,即第一媒体的应用层比特速率升高,以提高媒体传输速率。In the service rate adjustment method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device. Wherein, the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device. Afterwards, the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Wherein, the first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server. . In this way, since the first information not only indicates the first physical layer bit rate, but also indicates the first medium, even if at least two media are running simultaneously on the terminal device, the transmission to be adjusted can be determined based on the first information. The media of the first media rate is the first media, and the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is adjusted based on the first physical layer bit rate. For example, when the wireless channel state deteriorates and/or the network congestion condition deteriorates, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is reduced, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media is reduced to ensure that the media Transmission reliability. On the contrary, when the wireless channel state becomes better and/or the network congestion condition becomes better, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server increases, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media increases, so as to Increase media transfer rates.
如图4a所示,本申请实施例提出的业务速率调整方法400包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 4a, the service rate adjustment method 400 proposed in this embodiment of the present application includes the following steps:
S401、终端设备、第一网络设备和业务服务器执行QoS流建立过程。S401. The terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
示例性的,如图4b所示,QoS流建立过程涉及的设备包括:终端设备、第一网络设备、第二网络设备、第三网络设备、第四网络设备和业务服务器。以5G网络架构为例,第一网络设备可以是图1b中的接入网设备,如gNB。第四网络设备可以是图1b中的PCF网元,第三网络设备可以是图1b中的SMF网元,第二网络设备可以是图1b中的AMF网元。业务服务器可以是图1b中的EAS。应理解,在本申请实施例中,以5G网络架构为例,对各个设备进行介绍。随着通信技术的演进,各个设备也可以有其他名称,本申请实施例对设备名称不作限定。Exemplarily, as shown in Figure 4b, the devices involved in the QoS flow establishment process include: a terminal device, a first network device, a second network device, a third network device, a fourth network device and a service server. Taking the 5G network architecture as an example, the first network device may be the access network device in Figure 1b, such as gNB. The fourth network device may be the PCF network element in Figure 1b, the third network device may be the SMF network element in Figure 1b, and the second network device may be the AMF network element in Figure 1b. The business server can be the EAS in Figure 1b. It should be understood that in the embodiment of this application, the 5G network architecture is taken as an example to introduce each device. With the evolution of communication technology, each device may also have other names. The embodiments of this application do not limit the device names.
示例性的,如图4b所示,S401包括如下步骤(步骤1~步骤4):Illustratively, as shown in Figure 4b, S401 includes the following steps (step 1 to step 4):
步骤1、业务服务器向第四网络设备发送QoS参数。相应的,第四网络设备接收来自业务服务器的QoS参数。 Step 1: The service server sends QoS parameters to the fourth network device. Correspondingly, the fourth network device receives the QoS parameters from the service server.
其中,QoS参数包括:终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的至少两种媒体的信息(如表1所示),至少两种媒体中每种媒体对应的候选速率(如表1所示),至少两种媒体中每种媒体对应的初始速率(如表1所示),终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的编解码格式信息,媒体传输的服务质量,如时延、丢包率等。应理解,在本申请实施例中,一种媒体对应的初始速率是指,在QoS流建立之后,该种媒体在终端设备与第一网络设备之间首次传输时的物理层比特速率。Among them, the QoS parameters include: information on at least two media supported by the terminal device and the service server (as shown in Table 1), candidate rates corresponding to each of the at least two media (as shown in Table 1), at least two The initial rate corresponding to each type of media (as shown in Table 1), the codec format information supported by the terminal device and the service server, and the service quality of media transmission, such as delay, packet loss rate, etc. It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the initial rate corresponding to a medium refers to the physical layer bit rate when the media is first transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device after the QoS flow is established.
示例性的,表1示出了QoS参数中的部分参数,表1的介绍如下:For example, Table 1 shows some parameters in the QoS parameters. Table 1 is introduced as follows:
表1
Table 1
在表1中,媒体1的候选速率有两个,可以理解为,终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输媒体1时支持的物理层比特速率有两个。媒体2的候选速率有两个,可以理解为,终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输媒体2时支持的物理层比特速率有两个。在表1中,速率组合的数量有4个,编号为1~4。例如,在速率组合1中,媒体1的候选速率为候选速率a1,媒体2的候选速率为候选速率b1。其他速率组合中各种媒体的候选速率,可以参见表1,此处不再赘述。In Table 1, there are two candidate rates for media 1, which can be understood as two physical layer bit rates supported when transmitting media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device. There are two candidate rates for media 2, which can be understood as two physical layer bit rates supported when transmitting media 2 between the terminal device and the first network device. In Table 1, there are four rate combinations, numbered 1 to 4. For example, in rate combination 1, the candidate rate of media 1 is candidate rate a1, and the candidate rate of media 2 is candidate rate b1. Candidate rates for various media in other rate combinations can be found in Table 1 and will not be described again here.
应理解,表1以两种媒体(如上述媒体1、媒体2),每种媒体对应两个候选速率为例,进行介绍。在表1中,对于任意两个速率组合而言,至少有一种媒体的候选速率不同。当然,表1中的媒体种类数量可以更多,每种媒体的候选速率可以有一个或多个,本申请实施例对此不作限定。若表1中的媒体种类数量发生变化,和/或,表1中的一个或多种媒体的候选速率数量发生变化,则速率组合的数量也不一样。在表1中每种媒体的候选速率有一个时,速率组合的数量是一个。表1中的媒体,可以是终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的多种媒体中的一部分媒体,也可以是终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的多种媒体中的全部媒体,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that Table 1 takes two media (such as the above-mentioned media 1 and media 2) and each media corresponds to two candidate rates as an example for introduction. In Table 1, for any two rate combinations, at least one media candidate rate is different. Of course, the number of media types in Table 1 can be more, and there can be one or more candidate rates for each media, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. If the number of media types in Table 1 changes, and/or the number of candidate rates for one or more media in Table 1 changes, the number of rate combinations will also be different. When there is one candidate rate for each media in Table 1, the number of rate combinations is one. The media in Table 1 may be part of the media among the multiple media supported by the terminal device and the service server, or may be all media among the multiple media supported by the terminal device and the service server. This is not the case in the embodiment of this application. limited.
示例性的,仍以表1为例,表1还示出了媒体的初始速率,如速率组合1所示,即媒体1和媒体2在终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输时采用的初始速率。For example, Table 1 is still used as an example. Table 1 also shows the initial rate of the media, as shown in rate combination 1, that is, the initial rate adopted by media 1 and media 2 when they are transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device. rate.
应理解,在S401的步骤1之前,终端设备与业务服务器之间通过会话初始协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)信令,来协商以下信息:终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的媒体,终端设备与业务服务器共同支持的编解码格式。It should be understood that before step 1 of S401, the terminal device and the service server negotiate the following information through session initiation protocol (SIP) signaling: the media jointly supported by the terminal device and the service server, the terminal device and the service Codec formats commonly supported by the server.
对于第四网络设备而言,第四网络设备基于QoS参数,生成QoS概况(QoS profile)。其中,QoS概况包括QoS参数,QoS概况可以参见3GPP的相关协议规范,此处不再赘述。For the fourth network device, the fourth network device generates a QoS profile (QoS profile) based on the QoS parameters. Among them, the QoS profile includes QoS parameters. For the QoS profile, please refer to the relevant protocol specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
步骤2、第四网络设备向第三网络设备发送QoS概况。相应的,第三网络设备接收来自第四网络设备的QoS概况。Step 2: The fourth network device sends the QoS profile to the third network device. Correspondingly, the third network device receives the QoS profile from the fourth network device.
对于第三网络设备而言,在下行传输时,第三网络设备执行步骤3。在上行传输时,第三网络设备执行步骤4。其中,步骤3和步骤4的介绍如下: For the third network device, during downlink transmission, the third network device performs step 3. During uplink transmission, the third network device performs step 4. Among them, steps 3 and 4 are introduced as follows:
步骤3、第三网络设备通过第二网络设备向第一网络设备发送QoS概况。相应的,第一网络设备通过第二网络设备接收来自第三网络设备的QoS概况。Step 3: The third network device sends the QoS profile to the first network device through the second network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the QoS profile from the third network device through the second network device.
其中,步骤3中的QoS概况,与步骤2中的QoS概况一致,此处不再赘述。Among them, the QoS profile in step 3 is consistent with the QoS profile in step 2, and will not be described again here.
步骤4、第三网络设备通过第二网络设备向终端设备发送QoS规则(QoS rule)。相应的,终端设备通过第二网络设备接收来自第三网络设备的QoS规则。Step 4: The third network device sends the QoS rule (QoS rule) to the terminal device through the second network device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the QoS rule from the third network device through the second network device.
其中,步骤4中的QoS规则,是第三网络设备基于QoS概况确定的。其中,QoS规则可以参见3GPP的相关协议规范,此处不再赘述。The QoS rule in step 4 is determined by the third network device based on the QoS profile. Among them, the QoS rules can be found in the relevant protocol specifications of 3GPP, which will not be described again here.
应理解,QoS概况中的参数和QoS规则中的参数,也可以描述为配置参数。It should be understood that the parameters in the QoS profile and the parameters in the QoS rules can also be described as configuration parameters.
经上述步骤1至步骤4之后,QoS流建立完成。其中,QoS流建立过程,可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。After the above steps 1 to 4, the QoS flow is established. For the QoS flow establishment process, please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
在QoS流建立完成之后,终端设备与业务服务器之间进行媒体传输,即执行S402a和/或S402b。其中,S402a和S402b的介绍如下:After the QoS flow is established, media transmission is performed between the terminal device and the service server, that is, S402a and/or S402b are executed. Among them, S402a and S402b are introduced as follows:
S402a、终端设备向业务服务器发送至少两种媒体。相应的,业务服务器接收来自终端设备的至少两种媒体。S402a. The terminal device sends at least two media to the service server. Correspondingly, the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
其中,至少两种媒体是终端设备上运行的媒体。Among them, at least two media are media running on the terminal device.
其中,至少两种媒体中每种媒体对应的初始速率可以相同,可以不同,具体参见表1的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the initial rates corresponding to each of the at least two media may be the same or different. For details, see the introduction in Table 1, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,仍以表1为例,终端设备上运行的媒体数量为2个,即媒体1和媒体2。S402a包括:终端设备以传输速率10向业务服务器发送媒体1。相应的,业务服务器以传输速率10接收来自终端设备的媒体1。终端设备以传输速率20向业务服务器发送媒体2。相应的,业务服务器以传输速率20接收来自终端设备的媒体2。其中,传输速率10是媒体1在终端设备与业务服务器之间的应用层传输速率,传输速率10是基于表1中的候选速率a1确定的,传输速率10对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于候选速率a1。传输速率20是媒体2在终端设备与业务服务器之间的应用层传输速率,传输速率20是基于表1中的候选速率b1确定的,传输速率20对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于候选速率b1。For example, still taking Table 1 as an example, the number of media running on the terminal device is 2, namely media 1 and media 2. S402a includes: the terminal device sends media 1 to the service server at a transmission rate of 10. Correspondingly, the service server receives media 1 from the terminal device at a transmission rate of 10. The terminal device sends media 2 to the service server at a transmission rate of 20. Correspondingly, the service server receives media 2 from the terminal device at a transmission rate of 20. Among them, the transmission rate 10 is the application layer transmission rate of media 1 between the terminal device and the service server. The transmission rate 10 is determined based on the candidate rate a1 in Table 1. The physical layer bit rate corresponding to the transmission rate 10 is less than or equal to the candidate Rate a1. The transmission rate 20 is the application layer transmission rate of media 2 between the terminal device and the service server. The transmission rate 20 is determined based on the candidate rate b1 in Table 1. The physical layer bit rate corresponding to the transmission rate 20 is less than or equal to the candidate rate b1. .
需要说明的是,在S402a中,终端设备先将至少两种媒体发给第一网络设备,由第一网络设备再向业务服务器发送至少两种媒体。相应的,业务服务器通过第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的至少两种媒体。It should be noted that in S402a, the terminal device first sends at least two types of media to the first network device, and the first network device then sends at least two types of media to the service server. Correspondingly, the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device through the first network device.
S402b、业务服务器向终端设备发送至少两种媒体。相应的,终端设备接收来自业务服务器的至少两种媒体。S402b. The service server sends at least two media to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
其中,S402b中涉及的媒体和媒体的传输速率,可以参见S402a的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the media and the transmission rate of the media involved in S402b can be found in the introduction of S402a, and will not be described again here.
需要说明的是,在S402b中,业务服务器先将至少两种媒体发给第一网络设备,由第一网络设备再向终端设备发送至少两种媒体。相应的,终端设备通过第一网络设备接收来自业务服务器的至少两种媒体。It should be noted that in S402b, the service server first sends at least two types of media to the first network device, and the first network device then sends at least two types of media to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server through the first network device.
应理解,在上行传输时,终端设备执行S402a。在下行传输时,终端设备执行S402b。It should be understood that during uplink transmission, the terminal device performs S402a. During downlink transmission, the terminal device executes S402b.
在媒体传输过程(如上述S402a和/或S402b被执行)中,第一网络设备执行S403:In the media transmission process (such as the above S402a and/or S402b is executed), the first network device executes S403:
S403、第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。S403. The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device.
其中,第一媒体是终端设备上运行的M个媒体中的一个媒体。M为大于或等于2的正整数。The first media is one of M media running on the terminal device. M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
其中,第一物理层比特速率是指,第一媒体在终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输时的物 理层比特速率。The first physical layer bit rate refers to the physical data rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device. Management layer bit rate.
示例性的,以无线信道状态变化为例,对S403的实现过程进行介绍。如图4c所示,S403包括如下步骤:Illustratively, the implementation process of S403 is introduced by taking wireless channel status change as an example. As shown in Figure 4c, S403 includes the following steps:
S4031、第一网络设备确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量。S4031. The first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
示例性的,第一网络设备在预设时长(如2000ms)内监测自身与终端设备之间成功传输的数据包。应理解,S402a和S402b可以执行一次或多次。在预设时长内,终端设备可以执行一次或多次S402a,和/或,在预设时长内,终端设备可以执行一次或多次S402b。不同媒体以数据包的形式在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输。第一网络设备基于成功传输的数据包数量,确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ。其中,物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ满足如下公式:
rΔ1+rΔ2+...+rΔi+...+rΔM=RΔ     公式(1)
Exemplarily, the first network device monitors successfully transmitted data packets between itself and the terminal device within a preset time period (such as 2000ms). It should be understood that S402a and S402b can be executed once or multiple times. Within the preset time period, the terminal device may perform S402a one or more times, and/or within the preset time period, the terminal device may perform S402b one or more times. Different media are transmitted between the terminal device and the service server in the form of data packets. Based on the number of successfully transmitted data packets, the first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ between itself and the terminal device. Among them, the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ satisfies the following formula:
r Δ1 +r Δ2 +...+r Δi +...+r ΔM =R ΔFormula (1)
其中,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,rΔ1表示媒体1在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量,rΔ2表示媒体2在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量,rΔi表示媒体i在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量,1≤i≤M,rΔM表示媒体M在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量。终端设备上运行的媒体数量为M,分别记为媒体1、媒体2、…、媒体M。M为大于或等于2的正整数。Among them, R Δ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device, r Δ1 represents the physical layer bit rate change of media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device, r Δ2 represents the physical layer bit rate change of media 2 between the terminal device and the first network device, r Δi represents the physical layer bit rate change of media i between the terminal device and the first network device, 1≤i≤ M, r ΔM represents the physical layer bit rate variation of media M between the terminal device and the first network device. The number of media running on the terminal device is M, which are respectively recorded as media 1, media 2, ..., and media M. M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2.
由公式(1)可知,RΔ表征的是,终端设备与第一网络设备之间M个媒体的物理层比特速率变化量之和。应理解,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备能够感知的物理层比特速率变化量为RΔ,不感知M个媒体中每个媒体的物理层比特速率变化量。It can be seen from formula (1) that R Δ represents the sum of changes in the physical layer bit rates of M media between the terminal device and the first network device. It should be understood that for the first network device, the change amount of the physical layer bit rate that the first network device can perceive is R Δ , and it does not sense the change amount of the physical layer bit rate of each of the M media.
S4032、第一网络设备根据自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,以及比特速率阈值,来确定待调整速率的媒体为第一媒体。S4032. The first network device determines that the media to be adjusted is the first media based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and the bit rate threshold.
示例性的,仍以终端设备上运行的媒体数量为M,比特速率阈值的数量为M-1个,M-1个比特速率阈值互不相同。M-1个比特速率阈值分别记为K1、K2、K3、…、KM-1。其中,M-1个比特速率阈值按照由小到大的顺序排列,或由大到小的顺序排列。第一网络设备将物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ与比特速率阈值进行比较:For example, assuming that the number of media running on the terminal device is still M, the number of bit rate thresholds is M-1, and the M-1 bit rate thresholds are different from each other. The M-1 bit rate thresholds are denoted as K 1 , K 2 , K 3 , ..., K M-1 respectively. Among them, the M-1 bit rate thresholds are arranged in order from small to large, or in order from large to small. The first network device compares the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ to the bit rate threshold:
当物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ满足公式(2)时,第一网络设备确定待调整速率的媒体为媒体1。其中,公式(2)的介绍如下:
RΔ≤K1     公式(2)
When the total physical layer bit rate change satisfies formula (2), the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media 1. Among them, the introduction of formula (2) is as follows:
R Δ ≤K 1Formula (2)
其中,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,K1表示M-1个比特速率阈值中的第1个阈值。Wherein, R Δ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device, and K 1 represents the first threshold among the M-1 bit rate thresholds.
当物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ满足公式(3)时,第一网络设备确定待调整速率的媒体为媒体2。其中,公式(3)的介绍如下:
K1<RΔ≤K2      公式(3)
When the total physical layer bit rate variation satisfies formula (3), the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media 2. Among them, the introduction of formula (3) is as follows:
K 1 <R Δ ≤K 2Formula (3)
其中,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,K1表示M-1个比特速率阈值中的第1个阈值,K2表示M-1个比特速率阈值中的第2个阈值。Among them, R Δ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device, K 1 represents the first threshold among M-1 bit rate thresholds, and K 2 represents M-1 The second threshold among the bit rate thresholds.
当物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ满足公式(4)时,第一网络设备确定待调整速率的媒体为媒体x。其中,公式(4)的介绍如下:
Kx-1<RΔ≤Kx      公式(4)
When the total physical layer bit rate change satisfies formula (4), the first network device determines that the medium to be adjusted is media x. Among them, the introduction of formula (4) is as follows:
K x-1 <R Δ ≤K x formula (4)
其中,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,Kx-1表示M-1个比特速率阈值中的第x-1个阈值,Kx表示M-1个比特速率阈值中的第x个阈值。x是正整数,2≤x≤M-1。Among them, R Δ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device, K x-1 represents the x-1th threshold among the M-1 bit rate thresholds, K x Represents the xth threshold among M-1 bit rate thresholds. x is a positive integer, 2≤x≤M-1.
S4033、第一网络设备根据自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,以及预先确定的比特速率,来确定第一物理层比特速率。S4033. The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and the predetermined bit rate.
作为一种可能的实现方式,预先确定的比特速率包括:第一媒体在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的初始速率,可以参见S401中关于QoS参数的介绍,此处不再赘述。As a possible implementation manner, the predetermined bit rate includes: the initial rate of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device. Please refer to the introduction of QoS parameters in S401, which will not be described again here.
以第一媒体是媒体1为例,第一物理层比特速率满足如下公式:
R1,0+RΔ=R1,1      公式(5)
Taking the first media as media 1 as an example, the bit rate of the first physical layer satisfies the following formula:
R 1,0 +R Δ =R 1,1Formula (5)
其中,R1,0表示媒体1在终端设备与第一网络设备之间的初始速率,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,R1,1表示媒体1的第一物理层比特速率。Among them, R 1,0 represents the initial rate of media 1 between the terminal device and the first network device, R Δ represents the total change in the physical layer bit rate between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device, R 1 ,1 represents the first physical layer bit rate of media 1.
作为另一种可能的实现方式,第一网络设备在第y次执行S4033时,预先确定的比特速率包括:第一网络设备在第y-1次执行S4033时所确定的物理层比特速率。其中,y是大于或等于3的正整数。As another possible implementation manner, when the first network device performs S4033 for the y-th time, the predetermined bit rate includes: the physical layer bit rate determined when the first network device performs S4033 for the y-1th time. where y is a positive integer greater than or equal to 3.
以第一媒体是媒体1为例,第一网络设备在第y次执行S4033时所确定的第一物理层比特速率满足如下公式:
R1,y-1+RΔ=R1,y     公式(6)
Taking the first medium as media 1 as an example, the first physical layer bit rate determined by the first network device when executing S4033 for the yth time satisfies the following formula:
R 1,y-1 +R Δ =R 1,y formula (6)
其中,R1,y-1表示第一网络设备在第y-1次执行S4033时所确定的媒体1的物理层比特速率,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,R1,y表示第一网络设备在第y次执行S4033时所确定的第一物理层比特速率。Among them, R 1,y-1 represents the physical layer bit rate of media 1 determined by the first network device when executing S4033 for the y-1th time, and R Δ represents the bit rate between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device. The total physical layer bit rate change, R 1,y, represents the first physical layer bit rate determined by the first network device when executing S4033 for the yth time.
应理解,基于公式(6)确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率的前提条件是,第一网络设备存储了第y-1次执行S4033时所确定的物理层比特速率。对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备能够记录第一媒体的物理层比特速率,具体可以参见S404的介绍,此处暂不赘述。It should be understood that the prerequisite for determining the first physical layer bit rate of the first media based on formula (6) is that the first network device stores the physical layer bit rate determined when S4033 is executed for the y-1th time. For the first network device, the first network device can record the physical layer bit rate of the first media. For details, please refer to the introduction of S404, which will not be described again here.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备确定第一物理层比特速率之后,第一网络设备执行S404:For the first network device, after the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate, the first network device performs S404:
S404、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。S404. The first network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
其中,第一信息指示终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,第一物理层比特速率可以参见S403的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device. For the first physical layer bit rate, please refer to the introduction of S403, which will not be described again here.
首先,通过示例1和示例2,对第一信息进行介绍:First, through Example 1 and Example 2, the first information is introduced:
示例1,第一信息包括以下两项信息:Example 1, the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
第一项,第一媒体的类型信息。例如,第一信息通过媒体的名称或媒体的编号来指示第一媒体的类型。以媒体1为例,第一信息可以包括媒体1的编号。The first item is the type information of the first media. For example, the first information indicates the type of the first media through the name of the media or the number of the media. Taking media 1 as an example, the first information may include the number of media 1.
第二项,第一物理层比特速率。例如,仍以媒体1为例,第一信息可以包括R1,1,以指示媒体1的第一物理层比特速率。The second item is the first physical layer bit rate. For example, still taking Media 1 as an example, the first information may include R 1,1 to indicate the first physical layer bit rate of Media 1 .
在示例1中,通过第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式,对第一信息的格式进 行介绍:In Example 1, the format of the first information is modified through the first possible implementation method and the second possible implementation method. Line introduction:
作为第一种可能的实现方式,第一媒体的类型信息在第一信息中占用1个比特,第一物理层比特速率在第一信息中可以占用6个比特。以ANBR信令为例,第一媒体的类型信息在ANBR信令中占用一个保留位,第一物理层比特速率在ANBR信令中占用比特速率字段,如图5a或图5b所示。As a first possible implementation manner, the type information of the first media may occupy 1 bit in the first information, and the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 6 bits in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the type information of the first media occupies a reserved bit in the ANBR signaling, and the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 5a or Figure 5b.
应理解,图5a(或图5b)适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为两个的场景。第一媒体可以是终端设备上运行的两个媒体中的一个媒体。例如,终端设备上运行两个媒体,分别记为媒体1和媒体2。第一媒体的类型信息取值为0,则表示媒体1,第一媒体的类型信息取值为1,则表示媒体2。或者,反之,第一媒体的类型信息取值为0,则表示媒体2,第一媒体的类型信息取值为1,则表示媒体1。It should be understood that Figure 5a (or Figure 5b) is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two. The first media may be one of the two media running on the terminal device. For example, two media are running on the terminal device, which are recorded as media 1 and media 2 respectively. If the type information of the first media has a value of 0, it indicates media 1; if the type information of the first media has a value of 1, it indicates media 2. Or, conversely, if the type information of the first media has a value of 0, it represents media 2, and if the type information of the first media has a value of 1, it represents media 1.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,第一媒体的类型信息在第一信息中占用2个比特,第一物理层比特速率在第一信息中可以占用6个比特。以ANBR信令为例,第一媒体的类型信息在ANBR信令中占用两个保留位,第一物理层比特速率在ANBR信令中占用比特速率字段,如图5c所示。As a second possible implementation manner, the type information of the first media may occupy 2 bits in the first information, and the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 6 bits in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the type information of the first media occupies two reserved bits in the ANBR signaling, and the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 5c.
应理解,图5c适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为四个的场景。第一媒体可以是终端设备上运行的四个媒体中的一个媒体。例如,终端设备上运行四个媒体,分别记为媒体1、媒体2、媒体3和媒体4。第一媒体的类型信息取值为00,则表示媒体1;第一媒体的类型信息取值为01,则表示媒体2;第一媒体的类型信息取值为10,则表示媒体3;第一媒体的类型信息取值为11,则表示媒体4。It should be understood that Figure 5c is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is four. The first media may be one of four media running on the terminal device. For example, four media are running on the terminal device, which are recorded as media 1, media 2, media 3 and media 4 respectively. If the type information of the first media has a value of 00, it represents media 1; if the type information of the first media has a value of 01, it represents media 2; if the type information of the first media has a value of 10, it represents media 3; The value of the media type information is 11, which means media 4.
需要说明的是,在图5a、图5b和图5c中,乘子字段所表示的取值为0,即X=0,以指示乘子为1。或者,第一物理层比特速率在第一信息中可以占用7个比特。以ANBR信令为例,第一物理层比特速率在ANBR信令中占用比特速率字段和乘子字段,比特速率字段所表示的数值与乘子字段所表示的数值共同确定第一物理层比特速率,图5a、图5b和图5c未示出。此种情况下,乘子字段所表示的取值不为0,即X=1,以指示一定的倍数。在图5a、图5b和图5c中,LCID字段和DL指示字段,可以参见图3a的介绍,此处不再赘述。It should be noted that in Figures 5a, 5b and 5c, the value represented by the multiplier field is 0, that is, X=0, indicating that the multiplier is 1. Alternatively, the first physical layer bit rate may occupy 7 bits in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the first physical layer bit rate occupies the bit rate field and the multiplier field in the ANBR signaling. The value represented by the bit rate field and the value represented by the multiplier field jointly determine the first physical layer bit rate. , not shown in Figure 5a, Figure 5b and Figure 5c. In this case, the value represented by the multiplier field is not 0, that is, X=1, to indicate a certain multiple. In Figure 5a, Figure 5b and Figure 5c, the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a and will not be described again here.
示例2,第一信息包括以下两项信息:Example 2, the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
第一项,第一媒体的类型信息,具体可以参见S404中示例1的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first item is the type information of the first media. For details, please refer to the introduction of Example 1 in S404, and will not be described again here.
第二项,差分速率。其中,差分速率是第一网络设备为终端设备额外增加或减少的物理层比特速率。差分速率是针对终端设备上运行的第一媒体的差分速率。差分速率是第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值。例如,仍以媒体1为例,第一信息可以包括RΔ,以指示媒体1的差分速率。预先确定的比特速率,可以参见S4033的介绍,此处不再赘述。The second term, differential rate. The differential rate is an additional physical layer bit rate increased or decreased by the first network device for the terminal device. The differential rate is the differential rate for the first medium running on the terminal device. The differential rate is the difference between the first physical layer bit rate and a predetermined bit rate. For example, still taking Media 1 as an example, the first information may include R Δ to indicate the differential rate of Media 1 . For the predetermined bit rate, please refer to the introduction of S4033, which will not be described again here.
在示例2中,对第一信息的格式进行介绍:In Example 2, the format of the first information is introduced:
第一媒体的类型信息在第一信息中占用1个比特,差分速率在第一信息中占用1个比特。以ANBR信令为例,第一媒体的类型信息在ANBR信令中占用一个保留位,差分速率在ANBR信令中可以占用7个比特位,如比特速率字段的6个比特位以及一个保留位,如图6a或图6b所示。其中,比特速率字段的取值用于表征差分速率的绝对值大小,保留位的取值用于表示正/负(+/-)。The type information of the first media occupies 1 bit in the first information, and the differential rate occupies 1 bit in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the type information of the first media occupies one reserved bit in ANBR signaling, and the differential rate can occupy 7 bits in ANBR signaling, such as 6 bits in the bit rate field and one reserved bit. , as shown in Figure 6a or Figure 6b. Among them, the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the absolute value of the differential rate, and the value of the reserved bit is used to represent positive/negative (+/-).
需要说明的是,在图6a和图6b中,乘子字段所表示的取值为0,即X=0,以指示乘子为1。或者,差分速率在第一信息中可以占用8个比特位。以ANBR信令为例,差分速率在ANBR信 令中占用保留字段中的一个保留位、比特速率字段和乘子字段。其中,比特速率字段所表示的数值与乘子字段所表示的数值共同确定差分速率的绝对值大小,图6a和图6b未示出。此种情况下,乘子字段所表示的取值不为0,即X=1,以指示一定的倍数。在图6a和图6b中,LCID字段和DL指示字段,可以参见图3a的介绍,此处不再赘述。图6a(或图6b)适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为两个的场景。It should be noted that in Figures 6a and 6b, the value represented by the multiplier field is 0, that is, X=0, indicating that the multiplier is 1. Alternatively, the differential rate may occupy 8 bits in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the differential rate is Let occupies one reserved bit in the reserved field, the bit rate field and the multiplier field. The value represented by the bit rate field and the value represented by the multiplier field jointly determine the absolute value of the differential rate, which is not shown in Figures 6a and 6b. In this case, the value represented by the multiplier field is not 0, that is, X=1, to indicate a certain multiple. In Figures 6a and 6b, the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a, and will not be described again here. Figure 6a (or Figure 6b) is applicable to the scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,5个图示(如图5a、图5b、图5c、图6a和图6b)是参考ANBR信令进行示例性介绍,当然,第一信息还可以有其他格式设计,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, the five diagrams (Figure 5a, Figure 5b, Figure 5c, Figure 6a and Figure 6b) are introduced with reference to ANBR signaling. Of course, the first information can also have other The format design is not limited in the embodiments of this application.
在一些实施例中,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备基于执行S404之后,第一网络设备可以监测自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,当第一网络设备监测的物理层比特速率变化总量与S4031中的RΔ相同或接近(如第一网络设备监测的物理层比特速率变化总量与S4031中的RΔ之间的差值小于阈值),则第一网络设备无需再次执行S404。此种情况下,第一网络设备更新本地信息,以存储终端设备与第一网络设备之间的物理层比特速率。如此,第一网络设备即可在第y+1次执行S4033,以确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。In some embodiments, for the first network device, after performing S404, the first network device may monitor the total amount of physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device. When the first network device monitors The total physical layer bit rate change is the same as or close to R Δ in S4031 (for example, the difference between the total physical layer bit rate change monitored by the first network device and R Δ in S4031 is less than the threshold), then the first The network device does not need to execute S404 again. In this case, the first network device updates local information to store the physical layer bit rate between the terminal device and the first network device. In this way, the first network device can execute S4033 at the y+1th time to determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media.
反之,当第一网络设备监测的物理层比特速率变化总量与S4031中的RΔ偏差较大(如第一网络设备监测的物理层比特速率变化总量与S4031中的RΔ之间的差值大于或等于阈值),则第一网络设备再次执行S404,直至S404重复执行次数达到预设值,或者,第一网络设备监测的物理层比特速率变化总量与S4031中的RΔ相同或接近。On the contrary, when the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate monitored by the first network device has a large deviation from R Δ in S4031 (such as the difference between the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate monitored by the first network device and R Δ in S4031 value is greater than or equal to the threshold), then the first network device executes S404 again until the number of repeated executions of S404 reaches the preset value, or the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate monitored by the first network device is the same as or close to R Δ in S4031 .
应理解,在S403包括S4031、S4032和S4033的情况下,第一信息可以通过S404中的示例1进行传输。在S403包括S4031和S4032的情况下,第一信息可以通过S404中的示例2进行传输。或者,第一网络设备与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ,是基于网络拥塞状况确定的情况下,第一信息也可以通过S404中的示例2进行传输。其中,基于网络拥塞状况确定物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ的过程如下:It should be understood that in the case where S403 includes S4031, S4032 and S4033, the first information may be transmitted through Example 1 in S404. In the case where S403 includes S4031 and S4032, the first information may be transmitted through Example 2 in S404. Alternatively, when the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ between the first network device and the terminal device is determined based on network congestion conditions, the first information may also be transmitted through Example 2 in S404. Among them, the process of determining the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ based on network congestion conditions is as follows:
步骤1,第一网络设备确定终端设备被分配的时频资源变化量。Step 1: The first network device determines the change amount of time-frequency resources allocated to the terminal device.
示例性的,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备确定网络拥塞状态变差时,第一网络设备为终端设备所分配的资源块(resource block,RB)数量减少。反之,第一网络设备确定网络拥塞状态变优时,第一网络设备为终端设备所分配的RB数量增多。For example, for the first network device, when the first network device determines that the network congestion state becomes worse, the number of resource blocks (RBs) allocated by the first network device to the terminal device is reduced. On the contrary, when the first network device determines that the network congestion state has become better, the number of RBs allocated by the first network device to the terminal device increases.
步骤2,第一网络设备根据时频资源变化量,来确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔStep 2: The first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ between itself and the terminal device based on the time-frequency resource change.
示例性的,以时频资源变化量包括RB数量的变化量为例,第一网络设备基于RB数量的变化量和调制与编码策略(modulation and coding scheme,MCS),确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔIllustratively, taking the time-frequency resource variation including the variation in the number of RBs as an example, the first network device determines the distance between itself and the terminal device based on the variation in the number of RBs and the modulation and coding scheme (MCS). The total physical layer bit rate change R Δ .
对于终端设备而言,终端设备接收第一信息之后,执行S405a和/或S405b。其中,S405a和S405b的介绍如下:For the terminal device, after receiving the first information, the terminal device executes S405a and/or S405b. Among them, S405a and S405b are introduced as follows:
S405a、终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体。相应的,业务服务器以第一传输速率接收来自终端设备的第一媒体。S405a. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
其中,第一传输速率是基于第一物理层比特速率确定的。第一传输速率是指,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输时的应用层比特速率。第一传输速率对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于第一物理层比特速率。 Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate. The first transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server. The physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first transmission rate is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
S405b、业务服务器以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体。相应的,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。S405b. The service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
其中,第一传输速率可以参见S405a的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the first transmission rate, please refer to the introduction of S405a, which will not be described again here.
应理解,在上行传输过程中,终端设备执行S405a。在下行传输过程中,终端设备执行S405b。It should be understood that during the uplink transmission process, the terminal device performs S405a. During the downlink transmission process, the terminal device executes S405b.
在一些实施例中,如图7a所示,终端设备还执行S406:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 7a, the terminal device also performs S406:
S406、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息。S406. The terminal device sends the second information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
其中,第二信息指示终端设备对终端设备上运行的第一媒体的期望速率。以媒体1作为第一媒体为例,第一媒体的期望速率记为第二信息包括媒体1的期望速率 The second information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device. Taking media 1 as the first media as an example, the expected rate of the first media is recorded as The second information includes the expected rate of media 1
示例性的,以ANBRQ信令为例,第二信息可以是ANBRQ信令中的一部分字段,具体可以参见图7b至图7f的介绍。与图5a、图5b、图5c、图6a和图6b相比,图7b至图7f的区别点在于,比特速率字段的取值用于表示终端设备对第一媒体的期望速率,或者,比特速率字段的取值和乘子字段的取值共同表示终端设备对第一媒体的期望速率。当然,第二信息还可以是其他信令中的字段,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Illustratively, taking ANBRQ signaling as an example, the second information may be a part of the fields in the ANBRQ signaling. For details, see the introduction of Figures 7b to 7f. Compared with Figures 5a, 5b, 5c, 6a and 6b, the difference between Figures 7b to 7f is that the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the expected rate of the first medium by the terminal device, or, bit rate The value of the rate field and the value of the multiplier field jointly represent the expected rate of the first medium by the terminal device. Of course, the second information may also be a field in other signaling, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,在第二信息为图7b、图7c或图7d时,期望速率是指,终端设备期望的自身与第一网络设备之间的第一媒体的物理层比特速率总量。在第二信息为图7e或图7f时,期望速率是指,终端设备期望的自身与第一网络设备之间的第一媒体的物理层比特速率调节量。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, when the second information is Figure 7b, Figure 7c or Figure 7d, the expected rate refers to the physical layer bits of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device. Total rate. When the second information is shown in Figure 7e or Figure 7f, the expected rate refers to the physical layer bit rate adjustment amount of the first medium between the terminal device and the first network device expected by the terminal device.
对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备接收第二信息之后,S403包括S403a:For the first network device, after the first network device receives the second information, S403 includes S403a:
S403a、第一网络设备参考期望速率,确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。S403a. The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device with reference to the expected rate.
示例性的,以期望速率大于零的情况为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备分配更多的时频资源,第一网络设备基于此次额外分配的时频资源和MCS,确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ。第一网络设备基于期望速率和物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ中的较小值,来第一物理层比特速率。例如,当则第一网络设备将期望速率替换公式(5)中物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ,基于替换后的公式(5)确定第一物理层比特速率;或者,第一网络设备将期望速率替换公式(6)中物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ,基于替换后的公式(6)确定第一物理层比特速率。当则第一网络设备基于公式(5)或公式(6)确定第一物理层比特速率。Illustratively, taking the case where the expected rate is greater than zero, the first network device can allocate more time-frequency resources to the terminal device. Based on the additional time-frequency resources and MCS allocated this time, the first network device determines itself and the terminal device. The total amount of physical layer bit rate variation R Δ between devices. The first network device is based on the desired rate and the smaller value of the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ to determine the first physical layer bit rate. For example, when then the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ in formula (5), and determine the first physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (5); alternatively, the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate variation R Δ in formula (6), and determine the first physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (6). when Then the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate based on formula (5) or formula (6).
需要说明的是,S406是可选的步骤。终端设备基于实际业务需求,确定第一媒体的期望速率的情况下,终端设备执行S406。相应的,第一网络设备响应于第二信息,来确定第一物理层比特速率。反之,在终端设备未确定第一媒体的期望速率的情况下,终端设备不执行S406。此种情况下,第一网络设备可以周期性地执行S403,如每间隔一定的时长,执行一次S403,以实时调整媒体的物理层比特速率。It should be noted that S406 is an optional step. When the terminal device determines the expected rate of the first media based on actual service requirements, the terminal device executes S406. Correspondingly, the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate in response to the second information. On the contrary, if the terminal device has not determined the expected rate of the first medium, the terminal device does not perform S406. In this case, the first network device may execute S403 periodically, for example, S403 may be executed at a certain interval to adjust the physical layer bit rate of the media in real time.
在一些实施例中,如图8所示,终端设备还执行S407:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 8, the terminal device also performs S407:
S407、终端设备根据第一物理层比特速率,确定编解码格式。S407. The terminal device determines the codec format according to the first physical layer bit rate.
示例性的,终端设备依据不同编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率,从自身支持的多种编解码格式中,选择一种编解码格式。其中,S407中所确定的编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于第一物理层比特速率。 For example, the terminal device selects one codec format from multiple codec formats it supports based on the physical layer bit rates corresponding to different codec formats. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the codec format determined in S407 is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
应理解,每种编解码格式对应一个物理层比特速率,如表2所示:It should be understood that each codec format corresponds to a physical layer bit rate, as shown in Table 2:
表2
Table 2
在表2中,编解码格式1对应的物理层比特速率为x1,编解码格2对应的物理层比特速率为y1,编解码格式3对应的物理层比特速率为z1。仍以媒体1为例,媒体1的第一物理层比特速率为R1,1。当x1<R1,1,y1>R1,1,z1>R1,1时,终端设备确定编解码格式1为被选择的编解码格式;当x1>R1,1,y1<R1,1,z1>R1,1时,终端设备确定编解码格式2为被选择的编解码格式;当x1>R1,1,y1>R1,1,z1<R1,1时,终端设备确定编解码格式3为被选择的编解码格式;当x1>R1,1,y1<R1,1,z1<R1,1,y1<z1时,终端设备确定编解码格式3为被选择的编解码格式。In Table 2, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 1 is x1, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 2 is y1, and the physical layer bit rate corresponding to codec format 3 is z1. Still taking media 1 as an example, the first physical layer bit rate of media 1 is R 1,1 . When x1<R 1,1 , y1>R 1,1 , z1>R 1,1 , the terminal device determines codec format 1 as the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1<R 1 ,1 , when z1>R 1,1 , the terminal device determines the codec format 2 as the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1>R 1,1 , z1<R 1,1 , the terminal The device determines that codec format 3 is the selected codec format; when x1>R 1,1 , y1<R 1,1 , z1<R 1,1 , y1<z1, the terminal device determines that codec format 3 is the selected codec format. The selected codec format.
对于终端设备来说,将S407中所确定的编解码格式记为第一编解码格式,终端设备确定第一编解码格式之后,在上行传输时,终端设备执行S408:For the terminal device, the codec format determined in S407 is recorded as the first codec format. After the terminal device determines the first codec format, during uplink transmission, the terminal device executes S408:
S408、终端设备采用第一编解码格式对第一媒体的媒体数据进行编码,以得到经过编码后的媒体数据。S408. The terminal device uses the first codec format to encode the media data of the first media to obtain encoded media data.
示例性的,仍以媒体1为例,终端设备采用第一编解码格式对媒体1的媒体数据进行编码,以得到经过编码后的媒体数据,具体编码过程可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。Illustratively, still taking Media 1 as an example, the terminal device uses the first codec format to encode the media data of Media 1 to obtain encoded media data. For the specific encoding process, please refer to related technologies, which will not be described again here. .
对于终端设备来说,S404a中的第一媒体是指,经过第一编解码格式编码后的媒体数据,即终端设备执行S408之后,再执行S405a,以实现上行传输。For the terminal device, the first media in S404a refers to the media data encoded in the first codec format. That is, after the terminal device executes S408, it then executes S405a to implement uplink transmission.
在一些实施例中,如图9所示,在上行传输时,S405a包括步骤a1:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 9, during uplink transmission, S405a includes step a1:
步骤a1、终端设备以第一传输速率通过第三信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。相应的,业务服务器以第一传输速率通过第三信息接收来自终端设备的第一媒体。Step a1: The terminal device sends the first media to the service server through the third information at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the service server receives the first media from the terminal device through the third information at the first transmission rate.
其中,第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息。可以理解为,第三信息包括第一媒体和第一编解码格式的信息。示例性的,第三信息可以包括第一编解码格式的名称,或标识等。Wherein, the third information also includes information of the first codec format. It can be understood that the third information includes information of the first media and the first codec format. For example, the third information may include the name or identification of the first codec format.
例如,以第一媒体是视频信号为例,第三信息可以包括实时传输控制协议(real-time transport control protocol,RTCP)报文中的一部分字段,第一媒体占用RTCP报文的载荷字段,第一编解码格式的信息占用RTCP报文的临时最大码率请求(temporal max media bitrate request,TMMBN)字段。For example, assuming that the first media is a video signal, the third information may include some fields in a real-time transport control protocol (RTCP) message. The first media occupies the payload field of the RTCP message. Information in a codec format occupies the temporary maximum media bitrate request (TMMBN) field of the RTCP message.
再如,以第一媒体是音频信号为例,第三信息可以包括RTCP报文中的一部分字段,第一媒体占用RTCP报文中的载荷字段,第一编解码格式的信息占用CMR字段。For another example, assuming that the first media is an audio signal, the third information may include some fields in the RTCP message. The first media occupies the payload field in the RTCP message, and the information in the first codec format occupies the CMR field.
对于业务服务器来说,业务服务器接收第三信息之后,执行S409:For the business server, after receiving the third information, the business server executes S409:
S409、业务服务器采用第一编解码格式解码第一媒体。S409. The service server decodes the first media using the first codec format.
其中,S409中的第一编解码格式,与步骤a1中的第一编解码格式一致。第一媒体的解码过程,可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。Among them, the first codec format in S409 is consistent with the first codec format in step a1. For the decoding process of the first media, please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
对于终端设备来说,终端设备确定编解码格式之后,如图8所示,在下行传输时,终端设备执行S410:For the terminal device, after the terminal device determines the codec format, as shown in Figure 8, during downlink transmission, the terminal device executes S410:
S410、终端设备向业务服务器发送第五信息。相应的,业务服务器接收来自终端设备的第五信息。 S410. The terminal device sends fifth information to the service server. Correspondingly, the service server receives the fifth information from the terminal device.
其中,第五信息包括用于确定第一编解码格式的信息。在本申请实施例的下行传输中,第一编解码格式是业务服务器对第一媒体进行编码时所采用的编解码格式。The fifth information includes information used to determine the first codec format. In the downlink transmission in this embodiment of the present application, the first codec format is the codec format used by the service server when encoding the first media.
示例性的,在S407所确定的编解码格式为第一编解码格式的情况下,第五信息指示第一编解码格式。例如,第五信息包括第一编解码格式的名称、标识等。在S407所确定的编解码格式为第二编解码格式的情况下,第五信息指示第二编解码格式。例如,第五信息包括第二编解码格式的名称、标识等。For example, when the codec format determined in S407 is the first codec format, the fifth information indicates the first codec format. For example, the fifth information includes the name, identification, etc. of the first codec format. If the codec format determined in S407 is the second codec format, the fifth information indicates the second codec format. For example, the fifth information includes the name, identification, etc. of the second codec format.
应理解,在本申请实施例中,第五信息通过终端设备与业务服务器之间的第一传输通道进行传输,传输通道与媒体一一对应。第一传输通道用于传输第一媒体。对于终端设备来说,终端设备基于第一媒体的媒体类型,确定第一传输通道在终端设备侧的端口为第一端口,再通过第一端口发送第五信息,以使第五信息通过第一传输通道自终端设备向业务服务器传输。对于业务服务器来说,业务服务器从第二端口接收第五信息,由于第二端口是第一传输通道在业务服务器侧的端口,业务服务器基于第二端口确定第五信息所对应的媒体为第一媒体,即第五信息所指示的编解码格式用于第一媒体的编码。It should be understood that in this embodiment of the present application, the fifth information is transmitted through the first transmission channel between the terminal device and the service server, and the transmission channel corresponds to the media one-to-one. The first transmission channel is used to transmit the first media. For the terminal device, based on the media type of the first media, the terminal device determines that the port of the first transmission channel on the terminal device side is the first port, and then sends the fifth information through the first port, so that the fifth information passes through the first port. The transmission channel transmits from the terminal device to the business server. For the business server, the business server receives the fifth information from the second port. Since the second port is the port of the first transmission channel on the business server side, the business server determines that the media corresponding to the fifth information is the first based on the second port. The media, that is, the codec format indicated by the fifth information is used for encoding the first media.
对于业务服务器来说,业务服务器接收第五信息之后,执行S411:For the business server, after receiving the fifth information, the business server executes S411:
S411、业务服务器根据第五信息,确定第一编解码格式。S411. The service server determines the first codec format according to the fifth information.
示例性的,结合示例1和示例2,对S411的实现过程进行介绍:Illustratively, by combining Example 1 and Example 2, the implementation process of S411 is introduced:
示例1,业务服务器将第五信息指示的编解码格式,作为第一媒体的编解码格式。例如,在第五信息指示第一编解码格式的情况下,业务服务器将第一编解码格式作为第一媒体的编解码格式。Example 1: The service server uses the codec format indicated by the fifth information as the codec format of the first media. For example, in the case where the fifth information indicates the first codec format, the service server uses the first codec format as the codec format of the first media.
示例2,业务服务器根据第五信息所指示的编解码格式,确定第一媒体的编解码格式。例如,在第五信息指示第二编解码格式的情况下,业务服务器基于一定的参考因素,将第一编解码格式作为第一媒体的编解码格式。其中,第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。Example 2: The service server determines the codec format of the first media according to the codec format indicated by the fifth information. For example, when the fifth information indicates the second codec format, the service server uses the first codec format as the codec format of the first media based on certain reference factors. Wherein, the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
S412、业务服务器采用第一编解码格式对第一媒体的媒体数据进行编码,以得到经过编码后的媒体数据。S412. The service server uses the first codec format to encode the media data of the first media to obtain encoded media data.
其中,S412的实现过程可以参见S408的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S412 can be found in the introduction of S408, and will not be described again here.
对于业务服务器来说,S405b中的第一媒体是指,经过第一编解码格式编码后的媒体数据,即业务服务器执行S412之后,再执行S405b,以实现下行传输。For the service server, the first media in S405b refers to the media data encoded in the first codec format. That is, after the service server executes S412, it then executes S405b to implement downlink transmission.
在一些实施例中,如图9所示,在下行传输时,S405b包括步骤b1:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 9, during downlink transmission, S405b includes step b1:
步骤b1、业务服务器以第一传输速率通过第四信息向业务服务器发送第一媒体。相应的,终端设备以第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。Step b1: The service server sends the first media to the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through the fourth information at the first transmission rate.
其中,第四信息可以S405a中第三信息的介绍,此处不再赘述。The fourth information can be introduced as the third information in S405a, which will not be described again here.
对于终端设备来说,终端设备接收第四信息之后,执行S413:For the terminal device, after receiving the fourth information, the terminal device executes S413:
S413、终端设备采用第一编解码格式解码第一媒体。S413. The terminal device decodes the first media using the first codec format.
其中,S413中的第一编解码格式,与步骤b1中的第一编解码格式一致。第一媒体的解码过程,可以参见相关技术,此处不再赘述。Among them, the first codec format in S413 is consistent with the first codec format in step b1. For the decoding process of the first media, please refer to related technologies and will not be described again here.
以上,以单个媒体,即第一媒体为例,对业务速率调整方法400进行介绍。Above, the service rate adjustment method 400 is introduced by taking a single medium, that is, the first medium, as an example.
下面,以多个媒体,即第一媒体和第二媒体为例,结合图10至图13b,对业务速率调整方法1000进行介绍: Below, taking multiple media, that is, the first media and the second media, as an example, the service rate adjustment method 1000 is introduced in conjunction with Figures 10 to 13b:
S1001、终端设备、第一网络设备和业务服务器执行QoS流建立过程。S1001. The terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
其中,S1001的实现过程,可以参见S401的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S1001 can be found in the introduction of S401 and will not be described again here.
在QoS流建立完成之后,终端设备与业务服务器之间进行媒体传输,即执行S1002a和/或S1002b。其中,S1002a和S1002b的介绍如下:After the QoS flow is established, media transmission is performed between the terminal device and the service server, that is, S1002a and/or S1002b is executed. Among them, the introduction of S1002a and S1002b is as follows:
S1002a、终端设备向业务服务器发送至少两种媒体。相应的,业务服务器接收来自终端设备的至少两种媒体。S1002a. The terminal device sends at least two media to the service server. Correspondingly, the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
其中,S1002a的实现过程,可以参见S402a的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the implementation process of S1002a, please refer to the introduction of S402a and will not be described again here.
S1002b、业务服务器向终端设备发送至少两种媒体。相应的,终端设备接收来自业务服务器的至少两种媒体。S1002b. The service server sends at least two media to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
其中,S1002b的实现过程,可以参见S402b的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S1002b can be found in the introduction of S402b, and will not be described again here.
在媒体传输过程(如上述S1002a和/或S1002b被执行)中,第一网络设备执行S1003:In the media transmission process (such as the above S1002a and/or S1002b is executed), the first network device executes S1003:
S1003、第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,以及终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。S1003. The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
其中,第一媒体与第二媒体是终端设备上运行的M个媒体中不同的媒体。示例性的,仍以终端设备上运行的媒体数量为M,第一媒体是媒体1,第二媒体可以是媒体2,媒体3,或媒体M。或者,第一媒体是媒体2,第二媒体可以是媒体3,媒体4,或媒体M。The first media and the second media are different media among the M media running on the terminal device. For example, assuming that the number of media running on the terminal device is still M, the first media is Media 1, and the second media may be Media 2, Media 3, or Media M. Alternatively, the first media is Media 2 and the second media may be Media 3, Media 4, or Media M.
其中,第一物理层比特速率是指,第一媒体在终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输时的物理层比特速率。第二物理层比特速率是指,第二媒体在终端设备与第一网络设备之间传输时的物理层比特速率。The first physical layer bit rate refers to the physical layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device. The second physical layer bit rate refers to the physical layer bit rate when the second media is transmitted between the terminal device and the first network device.
示例性的,如图11所示,S1003包括如下步骤:For example, as shown in Figure 11, S1003 includes the following steps:
S10031、第一网络设备确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量。S10031. The first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
其中,S1003的实现过程,可以参见S4031的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S1003 can be found in the introduction of S4031, and will not be described again here.
S10032、第一网络设备根据自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量,以及至少一个速率组合,来确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率和第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。S10032. The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media based on the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device and at least one rate combination. rate.
其中,S10032中的速率组合,可以参见S401中候选速率的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the rate combination in S10032, please refer to the introduction of candidate rates in S401, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,结合表1,对S10032的实现过程进行介绍:As an example, the implementation process of S10032 is introduced based on Table 1:
在QoS流建立之后,第一网络设备首次调整媒体速率的情况下,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备基于QoS概况(详见S401中步骤3的介绍),能够确定初始速率总和R0,即终端设备上所运行媒体的初始速率之和。示例性的,以表1为例,初始速率总和R0满足如下公式:
R0=a1+b1    公式(7)
After the QoS flow is established, when the first network device adjusts the media rate for the first time, for the first network device, based on the QoS profile (see the introduction of step 3 in S401 for details), the first network device can determine the initial rate sum R 0 , which is the sum of the initial rates of the media running on the terminal device. Illustratively, taking Table 1 as an example, the initial rate sum R 0 satisfies the following formula:
R 0 =a1+b1 Formula (7)
其中,R0表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体的初始速率之和,a1表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体1的初始速率,b1表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体2的初始速率。Among them, R 0 represents the sum of the initial rates of media running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established, a1 represents the initial rate of media 1 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established, and b1 represents the initial rate of media 1 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established. The initial rate of media 2 running on the end device.
当某一速率组合中所有媒体的候选比特速率之和满足公式(8)时,第一网络设备确定该组速率组合中的媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。其中,公式(8)的介绍如下:
R0<A+B<R0+RΔ   公式(8)
When the sum of the candidate bit rates of all media in a certain rate combination satisfies formula (8), the first network device determines that the media in the group of rate combinations includes the first media and the second media. Among them, the introduction of formula (8) is as follows:
R 0 <A+B<R 0 +R ΔFormula (8)
其中,R0表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体的初始速率之和,A表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体2的一个候选速率,B表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体2的一个候选速率,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层 比特速率变化总量。以表1为例,当速率组合是表1中速率组合2时,A=a2,B=b1;当速率组合是表1中速率组合3时,A=a1,B=b2;当速率组合是表1中速率组合4时,A=a2,B=b2。Among them, R 0 represents the sum of the initial rates of media running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established, A represents a candidate rate of media 2 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established, and B represents after the QoS flow is established. , a candidate rate of media 2 running on the terminal device, R Δ represents the physical layer between itself and the terminal device determined by the first network device The total amount of bit rate change. Taking Table 1 as an example, when the rate combination is rate combination 2 in Table 1, A=a2, B=b1; when the rate combination is rate combination 3 in Table 1, A=a1, B=b2; when the rate combination is When the rate combination is 4 in Table 1, A=a2 and B=b2.
结合表1,在确定满足公式(8)的一组速率组合之后,第一网络设备也就能够确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率和第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。Combined with Table 1, after determining a set of rate combinations that satisfy formula (8), the first network device can also determine the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media.
应理解,公式(8)以终端设备上运行两个媒体为例,进行介绍。当然,终端设备上运行更多媒体时,第一网络设备确定终端设备上所运行媒体的候选速率之和。当至少两个速率组合满足公式(8)时,第一网络设备从满足公式(8)的组合中,选择一个速率组合,如选择候选速率之和最大的速率组合,进而确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,以及第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。It should be understood that formula (8) is introduced by taking two media running on the terminal device as an example. Of course, when more media are run on the terminal device, the first network device determines the sum of the candidate rates of the media running on the terminal device. When at least two rate combinations satisfy formula (8), the first network device selects a rate combination from the combinations that satisfy formula (8), for example, selects the rate combination with the largest sum of candidate rates, and then determines the first media rate combination. a physical layer bit rate, and a second physical layer bit rate of the second medium.
在QoS流建立之后,第一网络设备第z次调整媒体速率的情况下,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备记录第z-1次调整媒体速率时的物理层比特速率总和Rx,即终端设备上所运行媒体在第z-1次媒体速率调整后的物理层比特速率之和。其中,z表示正整数,z≥2。After the QoS flow is established, when the first network device adjusts the media rate for the zth time, for the first network device, the first network device records the total physical layer bit rate R x when the media rate is adjusted for the z-1th time. , that is, the sum of the physical layer bit rates of the media running on the terminal device after the z-1th media rate adjustment. Among them, z represents a positive integer, z≥2.
当某一速率组合中所有媒体的候选比特速率之和满足公式(9)时,第一网络设备确定该组速率组合中的媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。其中,公式(9)的介绍如下:
Rz<A+B<Rz+RΔ    公式(9)
When the sum of the candidate bit rates of all media in a certain rate combination satisfies formula (9), the first network device determines that the media in the group of rate combinations includes the first media and the second media. Among them, the introduction of formula (9) is as follows:
R z <A+B<R z +R ΔFormula (9)
其中,Rz表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体在第z-1次媒体速率调整后的物理层比特速率之和,A表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体1的一个候选速率,B表示在QoS流建立之后,终端设备上所运行媒体2的一个候选速率,RΔ表示第一网络设备所确定的自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量。Among them, R z represents the sum of the physical layer bit rates of the media running on the terminal device after the z-1th media rate adjustment after the QoS flow is established, and A represents the media running on the terminal device 1 after the QoS flow is established. A candidate rate of , B represents a candidate rate of media 2 running on the terminal device after the QoS flow is established, and R Δ represents the total physical layer bit rate change between the first network device and the terminal device determined by the first network device.
如此,对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备即可确定满足公式(9)的速率组合,从而确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,以及第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率,此处不再赘述。In this way, for the first network device, the first network device can determine a rate combination that satisfies formula (9), thereby determining the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the second physical layer bit rate of the second media. , which will not be described again here.
对于第一网络设备而言,第一网络设备确定第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率之后,第一网络设备执行S1004:For the first network device, after the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate, the first network device performs S1004:
S1004、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。S1004. The first network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
其中,第一信息指示第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率,第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率可以参见S1003的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first information indicates the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate. Please refer to the introduction of S1003 for the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate, which will not be described again here.
下面,通过第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式,对第一信息进行介绍:Next, the first information is introduced through the first possible implementation method and the second possible implementation method:
作为第一种可能的实现方式,第一信息包括第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息指示第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率和第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。示例性的,第一指示信息所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应。该速率组合包括终端设备上运行的M个媒体中每个媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,M个媒体包括第一媒体和第二媒体。As a first possible implementation manner, the first information includes first indication information. The first indication information indicates the first physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the second physical layer bit rate of the second medium. For example, the value represented by the first indication information corresponds to a rate set. The rate combination includes a candidate rate for each of M media running on the terminal device, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M media includes the first media and the second media.
应理解,第一指示信息所表示数值对应的速率组合,是S1003中所确定的速率组合。以表1为例,M的取值为2。若S1003所确定的速率组合为表1中的速率组合2,则N个比特所表示的数值与速率组合2对应。It should be understood that the rate combination corresponding to the value represented by the first indication information is the rate combination determined in S1003. Taking Table 1 as an example, the value of M is 2. If the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the value represented by N bits corresponds to rate combination 2.
第一指示信息在第一信息中占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应。示例性的,若以S1003所确定的速率组合为表1中的速率组合2,则M和N的取值均为2。以ANBR信令为例,第一指示信息在ANBR信令中占用N个比特位,如图12所示。 The first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M and N are both 2. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the first indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 12.
需要说明的是,N的取值与速率组合数量相关。例如,N满足如下公式:
2N-1<S≤2N      公式(10)
It should be noted that the value of N is related to the number of rate combinations. For example, N satisfies the following formula:
2 N-1 <S≤2 N formula (10)
其中,N表示第一指示信息在第一信息中占用的比特数量,S表示第一网络设备初始配置的速率组合数量,详见S401中的步骤3的介绍。以表1为例,S的取值为4,N的取值为2。Wherein, N represents the number of bits occupied by the first indication information in the first information, and S represents the number of rate combinations initially configured by the first network device. For details, see the introduction of step 3 in S401. Taking Table 1 as an example, the value of S is 4 and the value of N is 2.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,第一信息包括以下两项信息:As the second possible implementation method, the first information includes the following two pieces of information:
第一项,第一指示信息。其中,第一指示信息指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率。第一指示信息仍可以采用速率组合的方式,来指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率,可以参见第一信息中第一种可能的实现方式的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first item, the first instruction information. The first indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. The first indication information can still use a rate combination to indicate the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. Please refer to the introduction of the first possible implementation method in the first information, here No longer.
第二项,第一调整因子。其中,第一调整因子包括第一媒体的第一速率调整因子和第二媒体的第二速率调整因子。示例性的,若以S1003所确定的速率组合为表1中的速率组合2,则第一速率调整因子所在比特位的取值为0,则意味着,第一速率调整因子的取值为1。第二速率调整因子所在比特位的取值为0,则意味着,第二速率调整因子的取值为1。The second term is the first adjustment factor. Wherein, the first adjustment factor includes a first rate adjustment factor of the first medium and a second rate adjustment factor of the second medium. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the value of the bit where the first rate adjustment factor is located is 0, which means that the value of the first rate adjustment factor is 1 . The value of the bit where the second rate adjustment factor is located is 0, which means that the value of the second rate adjustment factor is 1.
需要说明的是,在第一信息包括第一指示信息和第一调整因子的情况下,第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第一速率调整因子用于确定第一物理层比特速率,第二媒体的物理层比特速率和第二速率调整因子用于确定第二物理层比特速率。It should be noted that, in the case where the first information includes the first indication information and the first adjustment factor, the physical layer bit rate and the first rate adjustment factor of the first medium are used to determine the first physical layer bit rate, and the second media The physical layer bit rate and the second rate adjustment factor are used to determine the second physical layer bit rate.
第一指示信息在第一信息中占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应。第一调整因子在第一信息中占用L个比特,L是小于或等于M的正整数。示例性的,若以S1003所确定的速率组合为表1中的速率组合2,则M、N和L的取值均为2。以ANBR信令为例,第一指示信息在ANBR信令中占用N个比特位,第一调整因子在ANBR信令中占用L个比特位,如图12所示。The first indication information occupies N bits in the first information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. The first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the first information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M. For example, if the rate combination determined in S1003 is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M, N and L are all 2. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the first indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, and the first adjustment factor occupies L bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 12.
应理解,图12适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为至少两个的场景。在图12中,LCID字段、DL指示字段,可以参见图3a的介绍,此处不再赘述。图12是参考ANBR信令进行示例性介绍,当然,第一信息还可以有其他格式设计,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that Figure 12 is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is at least two. In Figure 12, the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction in Figure 3a and will not be described again here. Figure 12 is an exemplary introduction with reference to ANBR signaling. Of course, the first information can also be designed in other formats, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
对于终端设备而言,终端设备接收第一信息之后,执行S1005a和/或S1005b。其中,S1005a和S1005b的介绍如下:For the terminal device, after receiving the first information, the terminal device executes S1005a and/or S1005b. Among them, the introduction of S1005a and S1005b is as follows:
S1005a、终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,并以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体。相应的,业务服务器以第一传输速率接收来自终端设备的第一媒体,并以第二传输速率接收来自终端设备的第二媒体。S1005a. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate. Correspondingly, the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
其中,第一传输速率是基于第一物理层比特速率确定的。第一传输速率是指,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输时的应用层比特速率。第一传输速率对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于第一物理层比特速率。Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the first physical layer bit rate. The first transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the first media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server. The physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first transmission rate is less than or equal to the first physical layer bit rate.
其中,第二传输速率是基于第二物理层比特速率确定的。第二传输速率是指,第二媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间传输时的应用层比特速率。第二传输速率对应的物理层比特速率小于或等于第二物理层比特速率。Wherein, the second transmission rate is determined based on the second physical layer bit rate. The second transmission rate refers to the application layer bit rate when the second media is transmitted between the terminal device and the service server. The physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second transmission rate is less than or equal to the second physical layer bit rate.
S1005b、业务服务器以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体,并以第二传输速率向终端设备发送第二媒体。相应的,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体,并以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。S1005b. The service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the terminal device at the second transmission rate. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
其中,第一传输速率和第二传输速率可以参见S1005a的介绍,此处不再赘述。 For the first transmission rate and the second transmission rate, please refer to the introduction of S1005a, which will not be described again here.
应理解,在上行传输过程中,终端设备执行S1005a。在下行传输过程中,终端设备执行S1005b。It should be understood that during the uplink transmission process, the terminal device performs S1005a. During the downlink transmission process, the terminal device executes S1005b.
在一些实施例中,如图13a所示,终端设备还执行S1006:In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 13a, the terminal device also performs S1006:
S1006、终端设备向第一网络设备发送第二信息。相应的,第一网络设备接收来自终端设备的第二信息。S1006. The terminal device sends the second information to the first network device. Correspondingly, the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device.
其中,第二信息指示终端设备对终端设备上运行的第一媒体的期望速率,以及终端设备对终端设备上运行的第二媒体的期望速率。The second information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device's expected rate for the second media running on the terminal device.
下面,通过第一种可能的实现方式和第二种可能的实现方式,对第二信息进行介绍:Next, the second information is introduced through the first possible implementation method and the second possible implementation method:
作为第一种可能的实现方式,第二信息包括第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息指示终端设备对终端设备上运行的第一媒体的期望速率,以及终端设备对终端设备上运行的第二媒体的期望速率。示例性的,第二指示信息所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应。第二指示信息通过指示速率组合的方式,来指示第一媒体的期望速率和第二媒体的期望速率。其中,第二指示信息在第二信息中占用N个比特,具体可以参见第一指示信息的介绍,此处不再赘述。As a first possible implementation manner, the second information includes second indication information. The second indication information indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device's expected rate for the second media running on the terminal device. For example, the value represented by the second indication information corresponds to a rate set. The second indication information indicates the expected rate of the first medium and the expected rate of the second medium by indicating a rate combination. The second indication information occupies N bits in the second information. For details, please refer to the introduction of the first indication information, which will not be described again here.
作为第二种可能的实现方式,第二信息包括以下两项信息:As the second possible implementation method, the second information includes the following two pieces of information:
第一项,第二指示信息。其中,第二指示信息指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率。第二指示信息仍可以采用速率组合的方式,来指示第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的物理层比特速率,可以参见第二信息中第一种可能的实现方式的介绍,此处不再赘述。The first item, the second instruction information. The second indication information indicates the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. The second indication information can still use a rate combination to indicate the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the physical layer bit rate of the second medium. Please refer to the introduction of the first possible implementation method in the second information, here No longer.
第二项,第一调整因子。其中,第二调整因子包括第一媒体的期望速率调整因子和第二媒体的期望速率调整因子。The second term is the first adjustment factor. Wherein, the second adjustment factor includes an expected rate adjustment factor of the first medium and an expected rate adjustment factor of the second medium.
需要说明的是,在第二信息包括第二指示信息和第二调整因子的情况下,第一媒体的物理层比特速率和第一媒体的期望速率调整因子用于确定第一媒体的期望速率,第二媒体的物理层比特速率和第二媒体的期望速率调整因子用于确定第二媒体的期望速率。It should be noted that, in the case where the second information includes the second indication information and the second adjustment factor, the physical layer bit rate of the first medium and the expected rate adjustment factor of the first medium are used to determine the expected rate of the first medium, The physical layer bit rate of the second medium and the desired rate adjustment factor of the second medium are used to determine the desired rate of the second medium.
第二指示信息在第二信息中占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应。第二调整因子在第二信息中占用L个比特,L是小于或等于M的正整数。示例性的,若以终端设备所确定的期望的速率组合为表1中的速率组合2,则M、N和L的取值均为2。以ANBR信令为例,第二指示信息在ANBR信令中占用N个比特位,第二调整因子在ANBR信令中占用L个比特位,如图13b所示。The second indication information occupies N bits in the second information, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set. The second adjustment factor occupies L bits in the second information, and L is a positive integer less than or equal to M. For example, if the desired rate combination determined by the terminal device is rate combination 2 in Table 1, then the values of M, N, and L are all 2. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the second indication information occupies N bits in the ANBR signaling, and the second adjustment factor occupies L bits in the ANBR signaling, as shown in Figure 13b.
应理解,图13b适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为至少两个的场景。在图13b中,LCID字段、UL指示字段,可以参见图3b的介绍,此处不再赘述。图13b是参考ANBRQ信令进行示例性介绍,当然,第二信息还可以有其他格式设计,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that Figure 13b is applicable to a scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is at least two. In Figure 13b, the LCID field and the UL indication field can be found in the introduction of Figure 3b and will not be described again here. Figure 13b is an exemplary introduction with reference to ANBRQ signaling. Of course, the second information may also have other format designs, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
对于第一网络设备来说,第一网络设备接收第二信息之后,第一网络设备参考第一媒体的期望速率,确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,以及参考第二媒体的期望速率,确定终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率。For the first network device, after the first network device receives the second information, the first network device refers to the expected rate of the first media, determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and refers to the first physical layer bit rate of the first media. The expected rate of the second media determines the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
示例性的,以期望速率大于零的情况为例,第一网络设备可以为终端设备分配更多的时频资源,第一网络设备基于此次额外分配的时频资源和MCS,确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ。第一网络设备基于期望速率和物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ中的较小值,来第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率。例如,当则第一网络设备将期望速率替换公式(8)中物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ,基于替换后的公式(8)确定第 一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率;或者,第一网络设备将期望速率替换公式(9)中物理层比特速率变化总量RΔ,基于替换后的公式(9)确定第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率。当则第一网络设备基于公式(8)或公式(9)确定第一物理层比特速率和第二物理层比特速率。Illustratively, taking the case where the expected rate is greater than zero, the first network device can allocate more time-frequency resources to the terminal device. Based on the additional time-frequency resources and MCS allocated this time, the first network device determines itself and the terminal device. The total amount of physical layer bit rate variation R Δ between devices. The first network device is based on the desired rate and the smaller value of the total physical layer bit rate variation R Δ to obtain the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate. For example, when then the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate change R Δ in formula (8), and determine the first a physical layer bit rate and a second physical layer bit rate; alternatively, the first network device will expect the rate Replace the total physical layer bit rate variation R Δ in formula (9), and determine the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate based on the replaced formula (9). when Then the first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate and the second physical layer bit rate based on formula (8) or formula (9).
应理解,在本申请实施例业务速率调整方法1000中,终端设备确定第一媒体的编解码格式,以及第二媒体的编解码格式,可以参见S407中的介绍。其中,第一媒体的编解码格式与第二媒体的编解码格式,可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that in the service rate adjustment method 1000 in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media. Please refer to the introduction in S407. The codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在上行传输或下行传输中,针对每种媒体(如第一媒体,或第二媒体)的编码、传输和解码过程,可以参见本申请实施例业务速率调整方法400中的介绍,此处不再赘述。In uplink transmission or downlink transmission, for the encoding, transmission and decoding process of each media (such as the first media or the second media), please refer to the introduction in the service rate adjustment method 400 in the embodiment of this application, which will not be repeated here. Repeat.
另外,在下行传输中,终端设备可以向业务服务器提供媒体的编解码格式,参见S410的介绍。In addition, in downlink transmission, the terminal device can provide the media codec format to the service server. See the introduction of S410.
实施例二Embodiment 2
实施例二主要介绍第二种业务速率调整方法。在第二种业务速率调整方法中,由终端设备确定待调整传输速率的媒体。其中,待调整传输速率的媒体可以是一种,也可以是多种。下面,结合图14至图15b,对本申请实施例提出的第二种业务速率调整方法进行详细介绍。Embodiment 2 mainly introduces the second service rate adjustment method. In the second service rate adjustment method, the terminal device determines the medium whose transmission rate is to be adjusted. The medium whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted may be one type or multiple types. Next, with reference to Figures 14 to 15b, the second service rate adjustment method proposed in the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail.
在本申请实施例提供的业务速率调整方法中,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。其中,第一信息指示第一网络设备与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化量。终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,和/或,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的所述第一媒体。其中,第一传输速率是基于物理层比特速率变化量确定的。这样一来,即使终端设备上同时运行至少两种媒体,也能够基于第一信息,确定待调整传输速率的媒体为第一媒体,进而基于第一物理层比特速率来调整第一媒体在终端设备和业务服务器之间的传输速率。例如,在无线信道状态变差,和/或,网络拥塞状况变差时,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率降低,即第一媒体的应用层比特速率降低,以保障媒体传输可靠性。反之,在无线信道状态变优,和/或,网络拥塞状况变优时,第一媒体在终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率升高,即第一媒体的应用层比特速率升高,以提高媒体传输速率。In the service rate adjustment method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device. Wherein, the first information indicates the change amount of the physical layer bit rate between the first network device and the terminal device. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at a first transmission rate. Wherein, the first transmission rate is determined based on the physical layer bit rate variation. In this way, even if at least two media are running on the terminal device at the same time, the media whose transmission rate needs to be adjusted can be determined to be the first media based on the first information, and then the first media can be adjusted on the terminal device based on the first physical layer bit rate. The transmission rate between the server and the business server. For example, when the wireless channel state deteriorates and/or the network congestion condition deteriorates, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server is reduced, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media is reduced to ensure that the media Transmission reliability. On the contrary, when the wireless channel state becomes better and/or the network congestion condition becomes better, the transmission rate of the first media between the terminal device and the service server increases, that is, the application layer bit rate of the first media increases, so as to Increase media transfer rates.
如图14所示,本申请实施例提出的业务速率调整方法1400包括以下步骤:As shown in Figure 14, the service rate adjustment method 1400 proposed by the embodiment of this application includes the following steps:
S1401、终端设备、第一网络设备和业务服务器执行QoS流建立过程。S1401. The terminal device, the first network device and the service server execute the QoS flow establishment process.
其中,S1401的实现过程,可以参见S401的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S1401 can be found in the introduction of S401 and will not be described again here.
在QoS流建立完成之后,终端设备与业务服务器之间进行媒体传输,即执行S1402a和/或S1402b。其中,S1402a和S1402b的介绍如下:After the QoS flow is established, media transmission is performed between the terminal device and the service server, that is, S1402a and/or S1402b is executed. Among them, S1402a and S1402b are introduced as follows:
S1402a、终端设备向业务服务器发送至少两种媒体。相应的,业务服务器接收来自终端设备的至少两种媒体。S1402a. The terminal device sends at least two media to the service server. Correspondingly, the service server receives at least two media from the terminal device.
其中,S1402a的实现过程,可以参见S402a的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the implementation process of S1402a, please refer to the introduction of S402a and will not be described again here.
S1402b、业务服务器向终端设备发送至少两种媒体。相应的,终端设备接收来自业务服务器的至少两种媒体。S1402b. The service server sends at least two media to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives at least two media from the service server.
其中,S1402b的实现过程,可以参见S402b的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the implementation process of S1402b, please refer to the introduction of S402b and will not be described again here.
在媒体传输过程(如上述S1402a和/或S1402b被执行)中,对于第一网络设备而言,第一 网络设备执行S1403:In the media transmission process (such as S1402a and/or S1402b performed above), for the first network device, the first The network device executes S1403:
S1403、第一网络设备确定自身与终端设备之间的物理层比特速率变化总量。S1403. The first network device determines the total physical layer bit rate change between itself and the terminal device.
其中,S1403的实现过程,可以参见S4031的介绍,此处不再赘述。Among them, the implementation process of S1403 can be found in the introduction of S4031 and will not be described again here.
S1404、第一网络设备向终端设备发送第一信息。相应的,终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息。S1404. The first network device sends the first information to the terminal device. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device.
其中,第一信息指示物理层比特速率变化总量。物理层比特速率变化总量,可以参见S404中示例2关于差分速率的介绍,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the first information indicates the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate. For the total amount of changes in the physical layer bit rate, please refer to the introduction to the differential rate in Example 2 in S404, which will not be described again here.
示例性的,第一信息的格式如下:物理层比特速率变化总量在第一信息中可以占用7个比特。以ANBR信令为例,物理层比特速率变化总量在ANBR信令中占用一个保留位,如比特速率字段的6个比特以及保留字段中的一个比特,如图15a或图15b所示。其中,比特速率字段的取值用于表征物理层比特速率变化总量的绝对值大小,一个保留位的取值用于表示正/负。For example, the format of the first information is as follows: the total physical layer bit rate change may occupy 7 bits in the first information. Taking ANBR signaling as an example, the total physical layer bit rate change occupies one reserved bit in ANBR signaling, such as 6 bits in the bit rate field and one bit in the reserved field, as shown in Figure 15a or Figure 15b. Among them, the value of the bit rate field is used to represent the absolute value of the total physical layer bit rate change, and the value of a reserved bit is used to indicate positive/negative.
需要说明的是,在图15a和图15b中,乘子字段所表示的取值为0,即X=0,以指示乘子为1。或者,物理层比特速率变化总量在第一信息中可以占用8个比特位,具体可以参见差分速率的介绍,此处不再赘述。在图15a和图15b中,LCID字段和DL指示字段,可以参见图3a的介绍,此处不再赘述。图15a和图15b适用于终端设备上运行媒体数量为两个的场景。It should be noted that in Figures 15a and 15b, the value represented by the multiplier field is 0, that is, X=0, indicating that the multiplier is 1. Alternatively, the total physical layer bit rate change may occupy 8 bits in the first information. For details, please refer to the introduction of differential rate, which will not be described again here. In Figures 15a and 15b, the LCID field and the DL indication field can be referred to the introduction of Figure 3a, and will not be described again here. Figure 15a and Figure 15b are applicable to the scenario where the number of media running on the terminal device is two.
对于终端设备而言,终端设备接收第一信息之后,执行S1405或S1407。其中,S1405和S1407的介绍如下:For the terminal device, after receiving the first information, the terminal device executes S1405 or S1407. Among them, S1405 and S1407 are introduced as follows:
S1405、终端设备根据物理层比特速率变化总量,确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率。S1405. The terminal device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media based on the total change in the physical layer bit rate.
示例性的,S1405的实现过程,可以参见S403中S4032和S4033的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, for the implementation process of S1405, please refer to the introduction of S4032 and S4033 in S403, which will not be described again here.
对于终端设备而言,终端设备执行S1405之后,执行S1406a和/或S1406b。其中,S1406a和S1406b的介绍如下:For the terminal device, after the terminal device executes S1405, it executes S1406a and/or S1406b. Among them, S1406a and S1406b are introduced as follows:
S1406a、终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体。相应的,业务服务器以第一传输速率接收来自终端设备的第一媒体。S1406a. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate.
示例性的,S1406a的实现过程,可以参见S405a的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, for the implementation process of S1406a, please refer to the introduction of S405a, which will not be described again here.
S1406b、业务服务器以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体。相应的,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体。S1406b. The service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate.
示例性的,S1406b的实现过程,可以参见S405b的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, for the implementation process of S1406b, please refer to the introduction of S405b, which will not be described again here.
S1407、终端设备根据物理层比特速率变化总量,确定第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,以及第二媒体的第一物理层比特速率。S1407. The terminal device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media and the first physical layer bit rate of the second media based on the total change in the physical layer bit rate.
示例性的,S1407的实现过程,可以参见S1003中S10032和S10033的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, for the implementation process of S1407, please refer to the introduction of S10032 and S10033 in S1003, which will not be described again here.
对于终端设备而言,终端设备执行S1407之后,执行S1408a和/或S1408b。其中,S1408a和S1408b的介绍如下:For the terminal device, after the terminal device executes S1407, it executes S1408a and/or S1408b. Among them, S1408a and S1408b are introduced as follows:
S1408a、终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送第一媒体,并以第二传输速率向业务服务器发送第二媒体。相应的,业务服务器以第一传输速率接收来自终端设备的第一媒体,并以第二传输速率接收来自终端设备的第二媒体。S1408a. The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the service server at the second transmission rate. Correspondingly, the service server receives the first media from the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the terminal device at the second transmission rate.
示例性的,S1408a的实现过程,可以参见S1005a的介绍,此处不再赘述。For the exemplary implementation process of S1408a, please refer to the introduction of S1005a, which will not be described again here.
S1408b、业务服务器以第一传输速率向终端设备发送第一媒体,并以第二传输速率向终端设备发送第二媒体。相应的,终端设备以第一传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第一媒体,并以第二传输速率接收来自业务服务器的第二媒体。 S1408b. The service server sends the first media to the terminal device at the first transmission rate, and sends the second media to the terminal device at the second transmission rate. Correspondingly, the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate, and receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate.
示例性的,S1408b的实现过程,可以参见S1005b的介绍,此处不再赘述。For example, for the implementation process of S1408b, please refer to the introduction of S1005b, which will not be described again here.
应理解,在本申请实施例业务速率调整方法1400中,终端设备确定第一媒体的编解码格式,以及第二媒体的编解码格式,可以参见S407中的介绍。其中,第一媒体的编解码格式与第二媒体的编解码格式,可以相同,也可以不同,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that in the service rate adjustment method 1400 in this embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media. Please refer to the introduction in S407. The codec format of the first media and the codec format of the second media may be the same or different, and this is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在上行传输或下行传输中,针对每种媒体(如第一媒体,或第二媒体)的编码、传输和解码过程,可以参见本申请实施例业务速率调整方法400中的介绍,此处不再赘述。另外,在下行传输中,终端设备可以向业务服务器提供媒体的编解码格式,参见S410的介绍。In uplink transmission or downlink transmission, for the encoding, transmission and decoding process of each media (such as the first media or the second media), please refer to the introduction in the service rate adjustment method 400 in the embodiment of this application, which will not be repeated here. Repeat. In addition, in downlink transmission, the terminal device can provide the media codec format to the service server. See the introduction of S410.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。相应的,本申请实施例还提供了通信装置,该通信装置可以为上述方法实施例中的网元,或者包含上述网元的装置,或者为可用于网元的部件。可以理解的是,该通信装置为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solution provided by the embodiment of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. Correspondingly, embodiments of the present application also provide a communication device. The communication device may be the network element in the above method embodiment, or a device including the above network element, or a component that can be used for the network element. It can be understood that, in order to implement the above functions, the communication device includes corresponding hardware structures and/or software modules for performing each function. Persons skilled in the art should easily realize that, with the units and algorithm steps of each example described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driving the hardware depends on the specific application and design constraints of the technical solution. Skilled artisans may implement the described functionality using different methods for each specific application, but such implementations should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
示例性的,图16示出了一种通信装置1600的结构示意图。该通信装置1600包括处理单元1601、发送单元1602和接收单元1603。For example, FIG. 16 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 1600. The communication device 1600 includes a processing unit 1601, a sending unit 1602 and a receiving unit 1603.
一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为终端设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持终端设备执行图4a中终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持终端设备执行图4a中的S402a、S405a,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持终端设备执行图4a中的S402b、S404、S405b,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In one possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a terminal device, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in Figure 4a. The sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S402a, S405a in Figure 4a, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S402b, S404, S405b in Figure 4a, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
再一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为第一网络设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持第一网络设备执行图4a中的S403,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持第一网络设备执行图4a中的S404,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持第一网络设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a first network device, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the first network device to perform S403 in Figure 4a, and/or the first network device needs to Other processing operations performed. The sending unit 1602 is configured to support the first network device to perform S404 in Figure 4a and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为业务服务器为例,处理单元1601用于支持业务服务器执行图4a中业务服务器需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持业务服务器执行图4a中的S402b、S405b,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持业务服务器执行图4a中的S402a、S405a,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a business server, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server to perform other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in Figure 4a. The sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S402b, S405b in Figure 4a, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the service server to perform S402a, S405a in Figure 4a, and/or other receiving operations that the service server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为终端设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持终端设备执行图10中终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持终端设备执行图10中的S1002a、S1005a,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持终端设备执行图10中的S1002b、S1004、S1005b,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a terminal device, the processing unit 1601 is used to support the terminal device to perform other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform in FIG. 10 . The sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1002a, S1005a in Figure 10, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1002b, S1004, S1005b in Figure 10, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为第一网络设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持 第一网络设备执行图10中的S1003,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持第一网络设备执行图10中的S1004,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持第一网络设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as the first network device, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support The first network device performs S1003 in Figure 10, and/or other processing operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The sending unit 1602 is used to support the first network device to perform S1004 in Figure 10 and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为业务服务器为例,处理单元1601用于支持业务服务器执行图10中业务服务器需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持业务服务器执行图10中的S1002b、S1005b,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持业务服务器执行图10中的S1002a、S1005a,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a business server, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server in performing other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in FIG. 10 . The sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S1002b, S1005b in Figure 10, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the service server to perform S1002a, S1005a in Figure 10, and/or other receiving operations that the service server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为终端设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持终端设备执行图14中的S1405、S1407,和/或本申请实施例终端设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持终端设备执行图14中的S1402a、S1406a、S1408a,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持终端设备执行图14中的S1402b、S1404、S1406b、S1408b,和/或本申请实施例中终端设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a terminal device, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the terminal device to perform S1405, S1407 in Figure 14, and/or other processing operations that the terminal device needs to perform according to the embodiment of the present application. . The sending unit 1602 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1402a, S1406a, S1408a in Figure 14, and/or other sending operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the terminal device to perform S1402b, S1404, S1406b, S1408b in Figure 14, and/or other receiving operations that the terminal device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为第一网络设备为例,处理单元1601用于支持第一网络设备执行图14中的S1403,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持第一网络设备执行图14中的S1404,和/或本申请实施例中第一网络设备需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持第一网络设备需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as the first network device, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the first network device to perform S1403 in Figure 14, and/or the first network device needs to Other processing operations performed. The sending unit 1602 is used to support the first network device to perform S1404 in Figure 14 and/or other sending operations that the first network device needs to perform in the embodiment of the present application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support other receiving operations that the first network device needs to perform.
又一种可能的示例中,以通信装置1600为业务服务器为例,处理单元1601用于支持业务服务器执行图14中业务服务器需要执行的其他处理操作。发送单元1602用于支持业务服务器执行图14中的S1402b、S1406b、S1408b,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他发送操作。接收单元1603用于支持业务服务器执行图14中的S1402a、S1406a、S1408a,和/或本申请实施例中业务服务器需要执行的其他接收操作。In another possible example, taking the communication device 1600 as a business server, the processing unit 1601 is configured to support the business server in performing other processing operations that the business server needs to perform in Figure 14 . The sending unit 1602 is used to support the business server to perform S1402b, S1406b, S1408b in Figure 14, and/or other sending operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application. The receiving unit 1603 is used to support the business server to perform S1402a, S1406a, S1408a in Figure 14, and/or other receiving operations that the business server needs to perform in the embodiment of this application.
可选的,该通信装置1600还可以包括存储单元1604,用于存储通信装置的程序代码和数据,数据可以包括不限于原始数据或者中间数据等。Optionally, the communication device 1600 may also include a storage unit 1604 for storing program codes and data of the communication device. The data may include but is not limited to original data or intermediate data.
其中,处理单元1601可以是处理器或控制器,例如可以是CPU,通用处理器,专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程逻辑门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、晶体管逻辑器件、硬件部件或者其任意组合。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。The processing unit 1601 may be a processor or a controller, such as a CPU, a general-purpose processor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA), or other Programmable logic devices, transistor logic devices, hardware components, or any combination thereof. It may implement or execute the various illustrative logical blocks, modules, and circuits described in connection with this disclosure. The processor can also be a combination that implements computing functions, such as a combination of one or more microprocessors, a combination of DSP and microprocessors, and so on.
发送单元1602可以是通信接口、发送器或发送电路等,其中,该通信接口是统称,在具体实现中,该通信接口可以包括多个接口。The sending unit 1602 may be a communication interface, a transmitter or a sending circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term, and in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces.
接收单元1603可以是通信接口、接收器或接收电路等,其中,该通信接口是统称,在具体实现中,该通信接口可以包括多个接口。The receiving unit 1603 may be a communication interface, a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., where the communication interface is a general term, and in a specific implementation, the communication interface may include multiple interfaces.
发送单元1602和接收单元1603可以是物理上或者逻辑上实现为同一个单元。The sending unit 1602 and the receiving unit 1603 may be physically or logically implemented as the same unit.
存储单元1604可以是存储器。Storage unit 1604 may be a memory.
当处理单元1601为处理器,发送单元1602和接收单元1603为通信接口,存储单元1604 为存储器时,本申请实施例所涉及的通信装置可以为图17所示。When the processing unit 1601 is a processor, the sending unit 1602 and the receiving unit 1603 are communication interfaces, and the storage unit 1604 When it is a memory, the communication device involved in the embodiment of the present application may be as shown in FIG. 17 .
参阅图17所示,该通信装置1700包括:处理器1701、通信接口1702、存储器1703。可选的,通信装置还可以包括总线1704。其中,通信接口1702、处理器1701以及存储器1703可以通过总线1704相互连接;总线1704可以是外设部件互连标准(peripheral component interconnect,PCI)总线或扩展工业标准结构(extended industry standard architecture,EISA)总线等。所述总线1704可以分为地址总线、数据总线、控制总线等。为便于表示,图17中仅用一条粗线表示,但并不表示仅有一根总线或一种类型的总线。Referring to FIG. 17 , the communication device 1700 includes: a processor 1701 , a communication interface 1702 , and a memory 1703 . Optionally, the communication device may also include a bus 1704. Among them, the communication interface 1702, the processor 1701 and the memory 1703 can be connected to each other through the bus 1704; the bus 1704 can be a peripheral component interconnect standard (peripheral component interconnect, PCI) bus or an extended industry standard architecture (EISA) bus etc. The bus 1704 can be divided into an address bus, a data bus, a control bus, etc. For ease of presentation, only one thick line is used in Figure 17, but it does not mean that there is only one bus or one type of bus.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种携带计算机指令的计算机程序产品,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer program product carrying computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质存储计算机指令,当该计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述实施例所介绍的方法。Optionally, embodiments of the present application also provide a computer-readable storage medium that stores computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on a computer, they cause the computer to execute the method described in the above embodiments.
可选的,本申请实施例还提供一种芯片,包括:处理电路和收发电路,处理电路和收发电路用于实现上述实施例所介绍的方法。其中,处理电路用于执行相应方法中的处理动作,收发电路用于执行相应方法中的接收/发送的动作。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application also provides a chip, including: a processing circuit and a transceiver circuit. The processing circuit and the transceiver circuit are used to implement the method introduced in the above embodiment. The processing circuit is used to perform the processing actions in the corresponding method, and the transceiver circuit is used to perform the receiving/transmitting actions in the corresponding method.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state drive,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another, e.g., the computer instructions may be transferred from a website, computer, server, or data center Transmission to another website, computer, server or data center through wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The available media may be magnetic media (e.g., floppy disks, hard disks, tapes), optical media (e.g., digital video discs (DVD)), or semiconductor media (e.g., solid state drives (SSD)) wait.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统,装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述模块的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个模块或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或模块的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed systems, devices and methods can be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only illustrative. For example, the division of modules is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be other division methods. For example, multiple modules or components may be combined or can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. On the other hand, the coupling or direct coupling or communication connection between each other shown or discussed may be through some interfaces, indirect coupling or communication connection of devices or modules, and may be in electrical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个设备上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components shown as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or they may be distributed to multiple devices. Some or all of the units can be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本申请可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说做出贡献的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储介质中,如计算机的软盘,硬盘或光盘 等,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the above description of the implementation, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present application can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware. Of course, it can also be implemented by hardware, but in many cases the former is a better implementation. . Based on this understanding, the essence or the contribution part of the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of a software product. The computer software product is stored in a readable storage medium, such as a computer floppy disk, a hard disk or an optical disk. etc., including a number of instructions to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to execute the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,在本申请揭露的技术范围内的变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。 The above are only specific embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the present application is not limited thereto. Changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application shall be covered by the protection scope of the present application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (21)

  1. 一种业务速率调整方法,其特征在于,包括:A service rate adjustment method, characterized by including:
    第一网络设备确定终端设备上运行的第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,其中,所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备无线连接;The first network device determines the first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, wherein the terminal device is wirelessly connected to the first network device;
    所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一信息,其中,所述第一信息指示所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,所述第一物理层比特速率用于确定所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体在所述终端设备与业务服务器之间的传输速率。The first network device sends first information to the terminal device, wherein the first information indicates a first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the first physical layer The bit rate is used to determine the transmission rate of the first media running on the terminal device between the terminal device and the service server.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1, further comprising:
    所述第一网络设备确定所述终端设备上运行的第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率;The first network device determines a second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device;
    其中,所述第一信息还指示所述终端设备上运行的所述第二媒体的第二物理层比特速率,所述第二物理层比特速率用于确定所述终端设备上运行的所述第二媒体在所述终端设备与所述业务服务器之间的传输速率。Wherein, the first information also indicates a second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device, and the second physical layer bit rate is used to determine the third media running on the terminal device. 2. The transmission rate of media between the terminal device and the service server.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,所述速率组合包括所述终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,所述M种媒体包括所述第一媒体和所述第二媒体。The method according to claim 2, characterized in that the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate combination includes M types of rates running on the terminal device. A candidate rate for each type of media, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M types of media include the first media and the second media.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 1, characterized in that:
    所述第一信息包括所述第一媒体的类型信息。The first information includes type information of the first media.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 4, characterized in that:
    所述第一信息包括所述第一物理层比特速率;或者,The first information includes the first physical layer bit rate; or,
    所述第一信息包括所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的差分速率,其中,所述差分速率是所述第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值。The first information includes a differential rate of the first media running on the terminal device, where the differential rate is a difference between the first physical layer bit rate and a predetermined bit rate.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, characterized in that, before the first network device sends the first information to the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息,其中,所述第二信息至少指示所述终端设备对所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的期望速率,所述第一媒体的期望速率用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一物理层比特速率。The first network device receives second information from the terminal device, wherein the second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the third The expected rate of a medium is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一网络设备接收来自所述终端设备的第二信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 6, characterized in that, before the first network device receives the second information from the terminal device, the method further includes:
    所述第一网络设备接收来自第二网络设备的配置信息;The first network device receives configuration information from the second network device;
    其中,所述配置信息包括以下至少一项:所述终端设备上运行的M种媒体的类型信息、至少两个速率组合的信息,所述至少两个速率组合中每个速率组合包括所述M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,所述M种媒体包括所述第一媒体。Wherein, the configuration information includes at least one of the following: type information of M media running on the terminal device, information of at least two rate combinations, each of the at least two rate combinations includes the M A candidate rate for each type of media, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M types of media include the first media.
  8. 一种业务速率调整方法,其特征在于,包括:A service rate adjustment method, characterized by including:
    终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息,其中,所述第一信息指示所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的第一物理层比特速率,所述终端设备与所述第一网络设备无线连接;The terminal device receives first information from a first network device, wherein the first information indicates a first physical layer bit rate of the first media running on the terminal device, and the terminal device communicates with the first Wireless connection of network equipment;
    所述终端设备以第一传输速率向业务服务器发送所述第一媒体,和/或,所述终端设备以所述第一传输速率接收来自所述业务服务器的所述第一媒体;其中,所述第一传输速率是基 于所述第一物理层比特速率确定的。The terminal device sends the first media to the service server at a first transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the first media from the service server at the first transmission rate; wherein, The first transmission rate is based on Determined based on the first physical layer bit rate.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 8, further comprising:
    所述终端设备以第二传输速率向所述业务服务器发送第二媒体,和/或,所述终端设备以所述第二传输速率接收来自所述业务服务器的所述第二媒体;其中,所述第二传输速率是基于第二物理层比特速率确定的,所述第一信息还指示所述终端设备上运行的所述第二媒体的所述第二物理层比特速率。The terminal device sends the second media to the service server at a second transmission rate, and/or the terminal device receives the second media from the service server at the second transmission rate; wherein, The second transmission rate is determined based on a second physical layer bit rate, and the first information also indicates the second physical layer bit rate of the second media running on the terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息占用N个比特,N个比特所表示的数值与一个速率集合对应,所述速率组合包括所述终端设备上运行的M种媒体中每种媒体的一个候选速率,M是大于或等于2的正整数,所述M种媒体包括所述第一媒体和所述第二媒体。The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the first information occupies N bits, and the values represented by the N bits correspond to a rate set, and the rate combination includes M types of data running on the terminal device. A candidate rate for each type of media, M is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M types of media include the first media and the second media.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 8, characterized in that:
    所述第一信息包括所述第一媒体的类型信息。The first information includes type information of the first media.
  12. 根据权利要求11所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 11, characterized in that:
    所述第一信息包括所述第一物理层比特速率;或者,The first information includes the first physical layer bit rate; or,
    所述第一信息包括所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的差分速率,其中,所述差分速率是所述第一物理层比特速率与预先确定的比特速率之间的差值。The first information includes a differential rate of the first media running on the terminal device, where the differential rate is a difference between the first physical layer bit rate and a predetermined bit rate.
  13. 根据权利要求8-12中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备接收来自第一网络设备的第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8-12, characterized in that, before the terminal device receives the first information from the first network device, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述第一网络设备发送第二信息,其中,所述第二信息至少指示所述终端设备对所述终端设备上运行的所述第一媒体的期望速率,所述第一媒体的期望速率用于所述第一网络设备确定所述第一物理层比特速率。The terminal device sends second information to the first network device, wherein the second information at least indicates the terminal device's expected rate for the first media running on the terminal device, and the first The desired rate of the media is used by the first network device to determine the first physical layer bit rate.
  14. 根据权利要求8-13中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 8-13, characterized in that,
    所述终端设备以所述第一传输速率通过第三信息向所述业务服务器发送所述第一媒体,其中,所述第三信息还包括第一编解码格式的信息,所述第一编解码格式至少用于所述第一媒体在所述业务服务器的解码;和/或,The terminal device sends the first media to the service server through third information at the first transmission rate, wherein the third information also includes information in a first codec format, and the first codec The format is at least used for decoding of the first media at the service server; and/or,
    所述终端设备以所述第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自所述业务服务器的所述第一媒体,其中,所述第四信息还包括所述第一编解码格式的信息,所述第一编解码格式至少用于所述第一媒体在所述终端设备的解码。The terminal device receives the first media from the service server through fourth information at the first transmission rate, wherein the fourth information also includes information in the first codec format, and the third A codec format is used at least for decoding of the first media on the terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述终端设备以所述第一传输速率通过第四信息接收来自所述业务服务器的所述第一媒体之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 14, characterized in that, before the terminal device receives the first media from the service server through fourth information at the first transmission rate, the method further includes:
    所述终端设备向所述业务服务器发送第五信息,其中,所述第五信息包括用于所述业务服务器确定所述第一编解码格式的信息,所述第五信息是所述终端设备基于所述第一物理层比特速率确定的。The terminal device sends fifth information to the service server, where the fifth information includes information for the service server to determine the first codec format, and the fifth information is based on the The first physical layer bit rate is determined.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15, characterized in that:
    所述第五信息指示所述第一编解码格式。The fifth information indicates the first codec format.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 15, characterized in that:
    所述第五信息指示第二编解码格式,其中,所述第二编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率大于或等于所述第一编解码格式对应的物理层比特速率。The fifth information indicates a second codec format, wherein the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the second codec format is greater than or equal to the physical layer bit rate corresponding to the first codec format.
  18. 根据权利要求15-17中任意一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第五信息包括实时 传输协议RTP报文中的一个字段,所述字段用于指示一种媒体的编解码格式,所述媒体包括所述第一媒体。The method according to any one of claims 15-17, characterized in that the fifth information includes real-time A field in the transmission protocol RTP message, the field is used to indicate the codec format of a media, and the media includes the first media.
  19. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器,所述处理器和所述存储器耦合,所述存储器存储有程序指令,当所述存储器存储的程序指令被所述处理器执行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-7中任意一项,或者如权利要求8-18中任意一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes: a processor and a memory, the processor is coupled to the memory, the memory stores program instructions, and when the program instructions stored in the memory are executed by the processor, The communication device is caused to perform the method as described in any one of claims 1-7, or as described in any one of claims 8-18.
  20. 一种芯片,其特征在于,包括处理器和输入输出接口,所述输入输出接口用于接收来自所述芯片之外的其它装置的信号并传输至所述处理器或将来自所述处理器的信号发送给所述芯片之外的其它装置,所述处理器通过逻辑电路或执行代码指令用于实现如权利要求1-7中任意一项,或者如权利要求8-18中任意一项所述的方法。A chip, characterized in that it includes a processor and an input-output interface. The input-output interface is used to receive signals from other devices other than the chip and transmit them to the processor or to transfer signals from the processor. The signal is sent to other devices outside the chip, and the processor is used to implement any one of claims 1-7, or as described in any one of claims 8-18 through logic circuits or execution of code instructions. Methods.
  21. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在通信装置上运行时,使得所述通信装置执行如权利要求1-7中任意一项所述的方法,或如权利要求8-18中任意一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program. When the computer program is run on a communication device, the communication device causes the communication device to execute any of claims 1-7. The method described in any one of claims 8-18.
PCT/CN2023/078117 2022-03-11 2023-02-24 Service rate adjusting method and communication apparatus WO2023169230A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210238251.8 2022-03-11
CN202210238251 2022-03-11
CN202210429762.8A CN116782307A (en) 2022-03-11 2022-04-22 Service rate adjusting method and communication device
CN202210429762.8 2022-04-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023169230A1 true WO2023169230A1 (en) 2023-09-14

Family

ID=87937170

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/078117 WO2023169230A1 (en) 2022-03-11 2023-02-24 Service rate adjusting method and communication apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023169230A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017172449A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Intel IP Corporation Codec rate adaption following dynamic enb bandwidth notification
US20180102871A1 (en) * 2016-10-07 2018-04-12 Htc Corporation Device and Method of Performing Codec Rate Adaptation in a Wireless Communication System
CN111788814A (en) * 2018-06-21 2020-10-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Rate adjustment technique
US20210045015A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Recommended bit rate and recommended bit rate query for uplink and downlink streaming

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017172449A1 (en) * 2016-04-01 2017-10-05 Intel IP Corporation Codec rate adaption following dynamic enb bandwidth notification
US20180102871A1 (en) * 2016-10-07 2018-04-12 Htc Corporation Device and Method of Performing Codec Rate Adaptation in a Wireless Communication System
CN111788814A (en) * 2018-06-21 2020-10-16 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Rate adjustment technique
US20210045015A1 (en) * 2019-08-06 2021-02-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Recommended bit rate and recommended bit rate query for uplink and downlink streaming

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
ERICSSON: "RAN assisted codec rate selection and adaptation", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-165617 - RAN ASSISTED CODEC RATE SELECTION AND ADAPTATION, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Gothenburg, Sweden; 20160822 - 20160826, 21 August 2016 (2016-08-21), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051127046 *
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Support LTE Rel-14 eVoLTE for SA NR", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1705132, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Hangzhou, China; 20170515 - 20170519, 6 May 2017 (2017-05-06), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051264731 *
KYOCERA: "Other triggering needs with bitrate query", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1701673_EVOLTE, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG2, no. Athens, Greece; 20170213 - 20170217, 12 February 2017 (2017-02-12), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051212256 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9635530B2 (en) User equipment (UE) supporting packet-switched emergency calls over IP multimedia subsystem (IMS)
WO2018171640A1 (en) Data transmission method, terminal device, and base station system
WO2021032131A1 (en) User plane information reporting method and apparatus
CN113840385A (en) Service transmission method and device
WO2017077179A1 (en) Scheduling ues with mixed tti length
WO2022033558A1 (en) Relay management method and communication apparatus
US20160309481A1 (en) Reduction of channel access delay in wireless systems
WO2017185374A1 (en) Method for processing voice service and base station
JP2023078303A (en) Control channel structure design for accommodating v2x traffic
WO2021255712A1 (en) Power efficient pdcch monitoring
WO2021036910A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
WO2022033543A1 (en) Relay communication method, and communication apparatus
US20230354334A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
CN116782307A (en) Service rate adjusting method and communication device
EP4075907A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and system
WO2023088009A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
US20230023034A1 (en) Sidelink Communication Method, Apparatus, and System
WO2023169230A1 (en) Service rate adjusting method and communication apparatus
WO2022198613A1 (en) Media data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2021213000A1 (en) Media packet transmission method, apparatus and system
US11812438B2 (en) Specifying a transmission-time limit for uplink multi-user communication
WO2023185608A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
WO2022188156A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024055871A1 (en) Data transmission method in communication system, and communication apparatus
WO2023116873A1 (en) Application layer measurement collection method, and communication apparatus

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23765808

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1